<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/skins/common/feed.css?303"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Bfoo2</id>
		<title>OCE Space Simulation - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Bfoo2"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Special:Contributions/Bfoo2"/>
		<updated>2026-07-14T16:23:30Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.23.15</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:Stefan%27s_Proposal_to_Change_the_Hierarchy</id>
		<title>Talk:Stefan's Proposal to Change the Hierarchy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:Stefan%27s_Proposal_to_Change_the_Hierarchy"/>
				<updated>2007-05-11T16:52:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* PR Director and Tech Director */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==What, no debate?==&lt;br /&gt;
It's up, but no one's disputing my proposal! This is scandalous! When it originally leaked, people were jumping all over it, and now that I present it for public discussion, no one comes forward. Curiouser and curiouser...[[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:13, 9 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Appeal to Clarity==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you propose an ammendment, only propose one idea at a time. For example, I do not like the way Anthony put his points under one big &amp;quot;Anthony's Suggestions&amp;quot; banner because then I have to reply to that whole box instead of each individual suggestion in turn (naming, SubCmdr. role, etc...). I'm splitting Anthony's posts to make them easier to respond to. Cheers. [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 20:43, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Naming==&lt;br /&gt;
In Stefan's Proposal, he has chosen to associate various positions within the OCESS with military ranks. While this gives the club an appearance of having a streamlined, efficient, no-frill kind of leadership, it is perhaps not the best things we want to associate with. First, we are a civilian, student based, no-profit organization, not a branch of of the Air Force. Military ranks pervides a kind of publicity that does not match our nature. Imagine the impression made on a potential/present Planetarium client upon being referred to the Lieutenant; or on a potential recruit upon being greeted by the Warrant Officer of Public Relations. The title is &amp;quot;Director&amp;quot; works fine by mine opinion and does not need to be replaced by &amp;quot;Warrant Officer&amp;quot;. The title of &amp;quot;Sub-Commander&amp;quot; sounds very ambiguouse, maybe &amp;quot;Deputy Mission Cmdr&amp;quot; will work better. The &amp;quot;Lieutenant Cmdr&amp;quot; should be merged with the rank of &amp;quot;Directors&amp;quot; (should they still continue to exist after Jeff's contributions). The &amp;quot;Sargent&amp;quot; can be replaced by &amp;quot;taskmaster/taskmistress&amp;quot;, so can  &amp;quot;Lieutenants&amp;quot;. The actual names is still up to be decided, but I do not see the benefits of military naming.--[[User:Anthony|Anthony]] 18:46, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*I'm fine with changing the names of the ranks, as long as each &amp;quot;power-level&amp;quot; has its own distinct rank. For instance, I do not want Lieutenant Commanders to be called Directors if Warrant Officers are called Directors because there will be confusion.[[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 20:45, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lieutenants==&lt;br /&gt;
The number of Lieutenants should be flexible to the condition and task at hand. New Lieutenants should be able to be appointed by their respective commanders and Lieutenants Cmdr. This provides flexibility for the Cmdrs to use their judgment on the current situation. It will also provide up-ward mobility. It provents a implied guarantee to the Lieutenants of future Cmdr or Lieutenants Cmdr. positions and remind them that they have to work; it also enables committed and talented members to move up the command ladder with out redtape.--[[User:Anthony|Anthony]] 18:46, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mission Critical==&lt;br /&gt;
In past years, most of the work sessions were devoted to mission related work. It might be advisable if we set up the WSs so that the main schedules is occupied by EEP/Planetarium related work and activities, and the task forces will run in the background for most of the year. It is similar to background computer operations such as a firewall that are always present but adjusts its use of resources  to the demand of up-front applications. This way, we put emphasis on the other two branches of Sim. But, there would be allocated &amp;quot;Mission-Critical Time&amp;quot;, which would be a formal recongnision of our yearly pre-mission scramble period. In this period, the Mission branch would take over all major operations and task forces, training, alpha-missions and such will dominate the WSs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*I don't think it's feasible to have EEPs and Planetariums take up most of the time at Work Sessions because there's not a lot to do. Sure you can improve the demos, but that takes inspiration. Sure you can train, but you won't be coming back if that's all we do week after week. The interesting thing about worksessions is that our projects change from time to time, so we're not stuck in one gear. I think that letting EEP and Planetarium Commanders have a chance to run the agenda should redress the Branch-Imbalance sufficiently. [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 20:47, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes, I agree. The EEP and Planetarium Commanders don't need much more time at work sessions. What they need is to be taken more seriously and have more of a say in the running of the OCESS. These changes will definitely accomplish that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Astronaut/Habitat Cmdr.==&lt;br /&gt;
Associated with the concept of MC time is the concept of Astronaut Cmdr. which is a (possible) temporary position existing for the duration of the MC time. The Astro Commander would be responsible for the training, and briefing of astros. The Astro Cmdr would also be the leader of the Astro crew for 6,and is responsible for the smooth running of 96 hour mission. Form past experiences, the Astro Cmdr would most likely be either the M Cmdr or the Sub Cmdr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes. My proposal is just for general management, but it would support having either the MCmdr. or SCmdr. be ACmdr. (HCmdr.). [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 20:48, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Simulator Directory/Cmdr==&lt;br /&gt;
Again, a temporary position. His/her function is pretty self explanatory; main on organizing and training simulators on the goals of the simulation and the importance of Mission Integrity. This position isn't necessarily have to be a formal position even.&lt;br /&gt;
*I don't think that this should exist. I think that either the Mission Commander or the Subcommander, whichever is not the Astronaut Commander, should be in charge of both Mission Control and the Simulators. If we use this year as an example, Brian would have been both Mission Control Commander and the so-called &amp;quot;Simulator Commander.&amp;quot; [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 20:54, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Role of SubCmdr==&lt;br /&gt;
In my opinion, the sub commander is to be a general helper of the Mission Cmdr. The mission has been traditionally ran by two commanders, and it is unwise to load the majority of their responsibilities on one and specialize the SubCmdr on task force related issues. In my opinion the SubCmdr and the full Mission Cmdr would function similarly to earlier structure but the full Cmdr is higher ranking, have the finally say in any decision and act as the representative of the pair (ie the mission branch) in discussions with the other two Branches(Cmdrs).--[[User:Anthony|Anthony]] 19:38, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If we are creating two different positions, then they need to have different responsibilities. If not, then how do we choose who's SCmdr. as opposed to MCmdr.? The bulk of what I think about, as MC this year, pertains to Task Forces. However, there is a whole other range of things I should have been and should be more responsible for including PR, Training, the Website, the Galileo Challenge, the Office, branching out, finding sponsors, making sure the EEP and Planetarium Commanders were happy, making sure the general membership was happy, etc... In any case, if we dedicate one of the M-Branch Commanders to Task Forces, this frees the other for general planning and all the tasks listed above, and much much more! Call now, and we'll throw in a free PR Director![[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:00, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
:*Form another point of view, the lack of attention to the things mentioned above is partially due to having the TFs taking up too much attention and time. The worksessions need not to be filled with TFs. By putting a Cmdr just for TFs (kinda resemble the TF Commander doesn't it) is one way to address the problem, but one might also consider the de-emphisising of TFs. Adding an Cmdr just for TFs just puts more emphasis on the TFs and they probably will end up taking a larger chuck of the work sessions since their is some one devoted to organizing them now. Also, the majority of this year's TFs was overseen by one MC was it not?--[[User:Anthony|Anthony]] 21:16, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Jeff's Proposed Changes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stefan's original system seems to work fairly well. However, there are a few proposed changes that we've somewhat agreed upon. Here's a modified proposition retaining most of what Stefan and Antony had planned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fewer Positions ==&lt;br /&gt;
We want to be as efficient as possible with these positions, and it is suggested that we try and eliminate/combine relatively obsolete titles. This will allow for a more clear chain of command (without overlap), as well as a smaller proportion of members in leadership positions, thus giving a good leader/non-leader ratio. Another reason why I wanted fewer and more distinct positions (no Tech Director, PR Director, formal Task Force Leader, Simulator Commander, Astronaut Commander, etc.) is the potential for position overlap, which was a problem this past year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Remember that we DO want as many leadership positions as possible to give every member a chance to lead the direction of the club, and thereby fulfill our [[Mission Statement]].[[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:04, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*There will be many other leadership positions. The ones I'm listed are only all the permanent ones that will be in place throughout the entirety of next year. Positions like Task Force Leaders, EEP Station Leaders, Simulator/Planetary Surface Commander, and other Assistants will all be temporary and informal, but they still are important leadership positions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EEP and Planetarium Commanders - Rank 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Added on to their roles should be responsibilities previously held by the &amp;quot;PR Director&amp;quot; (which is now defunct). This is due to the fact that most of the PR work the OCESS does already coincides with EEP/Planetarium work that they do; thus, having a separate position for that would be superfluous. Also, since the EEPs and Planetariums themselves still comprise a smaller part of the OCESS relative to the Mission, these two commanders should be formally in charge of the publicity/community/business work to balance the responsibility. However, in-school PR work will be left to the Events Director, as described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Assistants - Rank 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The biggest change to Stefan's system is the merging of the Lieutenant Commander/Lieutenant positions into one Assistant position. This is because the responsibility for EEPs and Planetariums beyond the Commanders is small enough to warrant only one &amp;quot;helper&amp;quot; for each. This removes two relatively unnecessary positions, while augmenting the responsibility of two to equal that which is expected for a Rank 4 member.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Directors - Rank 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Another change is the removal of the PR Director position (see above). Thus, there will only be three Director positions - Events Director, Webmaster, and Quartermaster. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Events Director===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Events Director was formerly known as the Galileo Challenge director, but had its name changed due to added responsibilities. He or she is now responsible for the OCESS events that will be occuring at Lisgar. For the 2007-2008 year, these include: 1) Week of Hype, 2) Kepler Challenge, 3) Galileo Challenge, 4) Astronomy Week, 5) Assemblies, 6) Bake Sales. However, these will be run with significant assistance from and cooperation with the EEP Commander.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*I agree. This shall become the Second Ammendment. [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:10, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Webmaster===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Webmaster is in charge of both the OCESS Website and OCESS Wiki (combining the titles of the two). Besides that, his or her responsibility is the same. He or she will be under the guidance of the Planetarium Commander.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Because most of the information available on the Website is about the Mission, I believe that the Mission Commander should be in charge of the Webmaster.[[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:10, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
:*I agree with Stefan. The web master is associated with the mission branch mainly, therefore the web master should fall on under the mission Cmdr.--[[User:Anthony|Anthony]] 21:35, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*So instead of the Webmaster, the Planetarium Commander should be in charge on an additional assistant. That works out well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quartermaster===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Quartermaster, as before, is in charge of the tools and organization system. In addition, he or she is in charge of the cleaning and maintenance of the OCESS facilities. He or she will be under the guidance of the Mission Commander.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Because the Subcommander, and not the Mission Commander is in charge of TFs, and therefore needs the tools more, the Subcommander should be in charge of the Quartermaster. [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:10, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*That works out. (see above)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Task Force Leaders ==&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the changing nature of Task Forces, members in these positions are temporary and not given any formal rank. However, while a task force of theirs is running, each one's rank is perhaps equivalent to 4 or 5, depending on the importance of the Task Force (this is not particularly important, though)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
Though they do not have a formal rank, general members should comprise the majority of Space Sim, and contribute significantly to its work and success. They are also encouraged to serve in a leadership capacity through Task Forces, EEP Stations, Mission positions, and any of their own planned and approved initiatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PR Director and Tech Director ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As I have often stated, I agre with the fundamental principle of this system, although some of the details may have to be worked out at a later date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some things that I would like to be considered are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The role of the PR director. As it stands, the the article provides muddled information concerning the PR Director, but generally, I get the feeling that the club's PR will be focused more under the EEPs and Planetarium departments. I personally believe that the PR director should and must provide PR to all branches of the club, making such an arangement undesirable. As the role of the traditional PR director is rather large (including not only the execution of PR related events, but the planning of the PR campaign for the year), I believe that such a role should not simply be spread to all three commanders. Alternatively, since a comprehensive year-long PR plan must be designed and carried out, representing a long-term commitment, appointing temporary PR directors whenever an event looms is not acceptable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, following the philosiphy that any task whose jurisdiction is ambigious shoul dbe put under the mission commander, I propose the creation of the position of PR directur to be run under the mmision commander. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, I would like to propose the position of a technical director. I believe that such a job cannot be fulfilled by the sub commander because the SC is not selected on the criteria of tech-saviness, but rather experience and leadership skills. In addition, the maintainence and upgrade of SpaceSIm's hardware is a perpetual job, and thus cannot be fulfilled by temporary appointments. I would like to clairify that the TD is not only responsible for the network, but also the physical hardware of the hab--stereo system and doors to name a few.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brian Foo&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:Stefan%27s_Proposal_to_Change_the_Hierarchy</id>
		<title>Talk:Stefan's Proposal to Change the Hierarchy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:Stefan%27s_Proposal_to_Change_the_Hierarchy"/>
				<updated>2007-05-11T16:52:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==What, no debate?==&lt;br /&gt;
It's up, but no one's disputing my proposal! This is scandalous! When it originally leaked, people were jumping all over it, and now that I present it for public discussion, no one comes forward. Curiouser and curiouser...[[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:13, 9 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Appeal to Clarity==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you propose an ammendment, only propose one idea at a time. For example, I do not like the way Anthony put his points under one big &amp;quot;Anthony's Suggestions&amp;quot; banner because then I have to reply to that whole box instead of each individual suggestion in turn (naming, SubCmdr. role, etc...). I'm splitting Anthony's posts to make them easier to respond to. Cheers. [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 20:43, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Naming==&lt;br /&gt;
In Stefan's Proposal, he has chosen to associate various positions within the OCESS with military ranks. While this gives the club an appearance of having a streamlined, efficient, no-frill kind of leadership, it is perhaps not the best things we want to associate with. First, we are a civilian, student based, no-profit organization, not a branch of of the Air Force. Military ranks pervides a kind of publicity that does not match our nature. Imagine the impression made on a potential/present Planetarium client upon being referred to the Lieutenant; or on a potential recruit upon being greeted by the Warrant Officer of Public Relations. The title is &amp;quot;Director&amp;quot; works fine by mine opinion and does not need to be replaced by &amp;quot;Warrant Officer&amp;quot;. The title of &amp;quot;Sub-Commander&amp;quot; sounds very ambiguouse, maybe &amp;quot;Deputy Mission Cmdr&amp;quot; will work better. The &amp;quot;Lieutenant Cmdr&amp;quot; should be merged with the rank of &amp;quot;Directors&amp;quot; (should they still continue to exist after Jeff's contributions). The &amp;quot;Sargent&amp;quot; can be replaced by &amp;quot;taskmaster/taskmistress&amp;quot;, so can  &amp;quot;Lieutenants&amp;quot;. The actual names is still up to be decided, but I do not see the benefits of military naming.--[[User:Anthony|Anthony]] 18:46, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*I'm fine with changing the names of the ranks, as long as each &amp;quot;power-level&amp;quot; has its own distinct rank. For instance, I do not want Lieutenant Commanders to be called Directors if Warrant Officers are called Directors because there will be confusion.[[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 20:45, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lieutenants==&lt;br /&gt;
The number of Lieutenants should be flexible to the condition and task at hand. New Lieutenants should be able to be appointed by their respective commanders and Lieutenants Cmdr. This provides flexibility for the Cmdrs to use their judgment on the current situation. It will also provide up-ward mobility. It provents a implied guarantee to the Lieutenants of future Cmdr or Lieutenants Cmdr. positions and remind them that they have to work; it also enables committed and talented members to move up the command ladder with out redtape.--[[User:Anthony|Anthony]] 18:46, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mission Critical==&lt;br /&gt;
In past years, most of the work sessions were devoted to mission related work. It might be advisable if we set up the WSs so that the main schedules is occupied by EEP/Planetarium related work and activities, and the task forces will run in the background for most of the year. It is similar to background computer operations such as a firewall that are always present but adjusts its use of resources  to the demand of up-front applications. This way, we put emphasis on the other two branches of Sim. But, there would be allocated &amp;quot;Mission-Critical Time&amp;quot;, which would be a formal recongnision of our yearly pre-mission scramble period. In this period, the Mission branch would take over all major operations and task forces, training, alpha-missions and such will dominate the WSs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*I don't think it's feasible to have EEPs and Planetariums take up most of the time at Work Sessions because there's not a lot to do. Sure you can improve the demos, but that takes inspiration. Sure you can train, but you won't be coming back if that's all we do week after week. The interesting thing about worksessions is that our projects change from time to time, so we're not stuck in one gear. I think that letting EEP and Planetarium Commanders have a chance to run the agenda should redress the Branch-Imbalance sufficiently. [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 20:47, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes, I agree. The EEP and Planetarium Commanders don't need much more time at work sessions. What they need is to be taken more seriously and have more of a say in the running of the OCESS. These changes will definitely accomplish that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Astronaut/Habitat Cmdr.==&lt;br /&gt;
Associated with the concept of MC time is the concept of Astronaut Cmdr. which is a (possible) temporary position existing for the duration of the MC time. The Astro Commander would be responsible for the training, and briefing of astros. The Astro Cmdr would also be the leader of the Astro crew for 6,and is responsible for the smooth running of 96 hour mission. Form past experiences, the Astro Cmdr would most likely be either the M Cmdr or the Sub Cmdr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes. My proposal is just for general management, but it would support having either the MCmdr. or SCmdr. be ACmdr. (HCmdr.). [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 20:48, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Simulator Directory/Cmdr==&lt;br /&gt;
Again, a temporary position. His/her function is pretty self explanatory; main on organizing and training simulators on the goals of the simulation and the importance of Mission Integrity. This position isn't necessarily have to be a formal position even.&lt;br /&gt;
*I don't think that this should exist. I think that either the Mission Commander or the Subcommander, whichever is not the Astronaut Commander, should be in charge of both Mission Control and the Simulators. If we use this year as an example, Brian would have been both Mission Control Commander and the so-called &amp;quot;Simulator Commander.&amp;quot; [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 20:54, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Role of SubCmdr==&lt;br /&gt;
In my opinion, the sub commander is to be a general helper of the Mission Cmdr. The mission has been traditionally ran by two commanders, and it is unwise to load the majority of their responsibilities on one and specialize the SubCmdr on task force related issues. In my opinion the SubCmdr and the full Mission Cmdr would function similarly to earlier structure but the full Cmdr is higher ranking, have the finally say in any decision and act as the representative of the pair (ie the mission branch) in discussions with the other two Branches(Cmdrs).--[[User:Anthony|Anthony]] 19:38, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If we are creating two different positions, then they need to have different responsibilities. If not, then how do we choose who's SCmdr. as opposed to MCmdr.? The bulk of what I think about, as MC this year, pertains to Task Forces. However, there is a whole other range of things I should have been and should be more responsible for including PR, Training, the Website, the Galileo Challenge, the Office, branching out, finding sponsors, making sure the EEP and Planetarium Commanders were happy, making sure the general membership was happy, etc... In any case, if we dedicate one of the M-Branch Commanders to Task Forces, this frees the other for general planning and all the tasks listed above, and much much more! Call now, and we'll throw in a free PR Director![[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:00, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
:*Form another point of view, the lack of attention to the things mentioned above is partially due to having the TFs taking up too much attention and time. The worksessions need not to be filled with TFs. By putting a Cmdr just for TFs (kinda resemble the TF Commander doesn't it) is one way to address the problem, but one might also consider the de-emphisising of TFs. Adding an Cmdr just for TFs just puts more emphasis on the TFs and they probably will end up taking a larger chuck of the work sessions since their is some one devoted to organizing them now. Also, the majority of this year's TFs was overseen by one MC was it not?--[[User:Anthony|Anthony]] 21:16, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Jeff's Proposed Changes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stefan's original system seems to work fairly well. However, there are a few proposed changes that we've somewhat agreed upon. Here's a modified proposition retaining most of what Stefan and Antony had planned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fewer Positions ==&lt;br /&gt;
We want to be as efficient as possible with these positions, and it is suggested that we try and eliminate/combine relatively obsolete titles. This will allow for a more clear chain of command (without overlap), as well as a smaller proportion of members in leadership positions, thus giving a good leader/non-leader ratio. Another reason why I wanted fewer and more distinct positions (no Tech Director, PR Director, formal Task Force Leader, Simulator Commander, Astronaut Commander, etc.) is the potential for position overlap, which was a problem this past year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Remember that we DO want as many leadership positions as possible to give every member a chance to lead the direction of the club, and thereby fulfill our [[Mission Statement]].[[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:04, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*There will be many other leadership positions. The ones I'm listed are only all the permanent ones that will be in place throughout the entirety of next year. Positions like Task Force Leaders, EEP Station Leaders, Simulator/Planetary Surface Commander, and other Assistants will all be temporary and informal, but they still are important leadership positions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EEP and Planetarium Commanders - Rank 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Added on to their roles should be responsibilities previously held by the &amp;quot;PR Director&amp;quot; (which is now defunct). This is due to the fact that most of the PR work the OCESS does already coincides with EEP/Planetarium work that they do; thus, having a separate position for that would be superfluous. Also, since the EEPs and Planetariums themselves still comprise a smaller part of the OCESS relative to the Mission, these two commanders should be formally in charge of the publicity/community/business work to balance the responsibility. However, in-school PR work will be left to the Events Director, as described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Assistants - Rank 4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The biggest change to Stefan's system is the merging of the Lieutenant Commander/Lieutenant positions into one Assistant position. This is because the responsibility for EEPs and Planetariums beyond the Commanders is small enough to warrant only one &amp;quot;helper&amp;quot; for each. This removes two relatively unnecessary positions, while augmenting the responsibility of two to equal that which is expected for a Rank 4 member.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Directors - Rank 5 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Another change is the removal of the PR Director position (see above). Thus, there will only be three Director positions - Events Director, Webmaster, and Quartermaster. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Events Director===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Events Director was formerly known as the Galileo Challenge director, but had its name changed due to added responsibilities. He or she is now responsible for the OCESS events that will be occuring at Lisgar. For the 2007-2008 year, these include: 1) Week of Hype, 2) Kepler Challenge, 3) Galileo Challenge, 4) Astronomy Week, 5) Assemblies, 6) Bake Sales. However, these will be run with significant assistance from and cooperation with the EEP Commander.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*I agree. This shall become the Second Ammendment. [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:10, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Webmaster===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Webmaster is in charge of both the OCESS Website and OCESS Wiki (combining the titles of the two). Besides that, his or her responsibility is the same. He or she will be under the guidance of the Planetarium Commander.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Because most of the information available on the Website is about the Mission, I believe that the Mission Commander should be in charge of the Webmaster.[[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:10, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
:*I agree with Stefan. The web master is associated with the mission branch mainly, therefore the web master should fall on under the mission Cmdr.--[[User:Anthony|Anthony]] 21:35, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*So instead of the Webmaster, the Planetarium Commander should be in charge on an additional assistant. That works out well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quartermaster===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Quartermaster, as before, is in charge of the tools and organization system. In addition, he or she is in charge of the cleaning and maintenance of the OCESS facilities. He or she will be under the guidance of the Mission Commander.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Because the Subcommander, and not the Mission Commander is in charge of TFs, and therefore needs the tools more, the Subcommander should be in charge of the Quartermaster. [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:10, 10 May 2007 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*That works out. (see above)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Task Force Leaders ==&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the changing nature of Task Forces, members in these positions are temporary and not given any formal rank. However, while a task force of theirs is running, each one's rank is perhaps equivalent to 4 or 5, depending on the importance of the Task Force (this is not particularly important, though)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
Though they do not have a formal rank, general members should comprise the majority of Space Sim, and contribute significantly to its work and success. They are also encouraged to serve in a leadership capacity through Task Forces, EEP Stations, Mission positions, and any of their own planned and approved initiatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PR Director and Tech Director ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As I have often stated, I agre with the fundamental principle of this system, although some of the details may have to be worked out at a later date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some things that I would like to be considered are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The role of the PR director. As it stands, the the article provides muddled information concerning the PR Director, but generally, I get the feeling that the club's PR will be focused more under the EEPs and Planetarium departments. I personally believe that the PR director should and must provide PR to all branches of the club, making such an arangement undesirable. As the role of the traditional PR director is rather large (including not only the execution of PR related events, but the planning of the PR campaign for the year), I believe that such a role should not simply be spread to all three commanders. Alternatively, since a comprehensive year-long PR plan must be designed and carried out, representing a long-term commitment, appointing temporary PR directors whenever an event looms is not acceptable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, following the philosiphy that any task whose jurisdiction is ambigious shoul dbe put under the mission commander, I propose the creation of the position of PR directur to be run under the mmision commander. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, I would like to propose the position of a technical director. I believe that such a job cannot be fulfilled by the sub commander because the SC is not selected on the criteria of tech-saviness, but rather experience and leadership skills. In addition, the maintainence and upgrade of SpaceSIm's hardware is a perpetual job, and thus cannot be fulfilled by temporary appointments. I would like to clairify that the TD is not only responsible for the network, but also the physical hardware of the hab--stereo system and doors to name a few.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Astronauts</id>
		<title>Astronauts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Astronauts"/>
				<updated>2006-12-17T07:35:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Every year the OCESS holds a simulated manned space [[Mission]]. The astronauts are the five or six individuals who enter the habitat for the purposes of simulating space flight and exploration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The astronaut positions are coveted amongst members of the OCESS as only a few positions are available, and those who go will always remember the experience. That however is only half the story (or a third if you ignore mission integrity) as two other groups of students exist within the OCESS (these being the [[Mission Control Staff]], and the [[Simulator]]) providing an enjoyable experience for all. see [[Space Sim Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of astronauts is to collect data from experiments, simulate living in space and simulate how it is like to actualy have a mission for mission control. They are isolated from the outside world for the duration of the mission, during that time they will experience the trials and tribulations of space exploration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List of Astronauts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[2005-2006]]: Stephen Smith ([[Mission Commanders]]),Stefan DeYoung ([[hab commander]]), Guangye Cao (Mini mission only), Brian Foo, Nevin Hosten, Steve Miar, Jonathan Scothorn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[:Category:Astronaut Positions]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Terrorist</id>
		<title>Terrorist</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Terrorist"/>
				<updated>2006-12-17T07:32:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Terrorist ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once in a while, the [[simulators]] decide to imitate a military stike on either the hab, or MC in order to bring a misison to a quick end, or if the MCC wants to loose some steam. This usuaully involvs the importing of various imitation firearms, such as nerf and cap guns, and some clothing changes. It is important to note that tehse events only haooen during training missions, and never in the context of the main mission. Even in training missions, these vents are restricted to less serious missions, like ones before the holidays, or the last one of the year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These such events have been ingrained in recent [[sim lore]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Simulator</id>
		<title>Simulator</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Simulator"/>
				<updated>2006-12-17T07:24:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* Emergencies */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The role of the simulator has historically been to ensure the realism of the simulation.  They are the only members of Space sim who may break [[The Golden Rule]].  They are given this perogative to help everyone else with suspension of belief.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Average Simulator Day===&lt;br /&gt;
From a basic standpoint, the simulators are responsible for ensuring the environmental conditions of a planet are experienced by the crew.  If the planet was researched to be windy, then the simulators will ensure wind is experienced.  If the planet is unstable, then earthquakes will be experienced.  The actual activities of the simulator group vary from year to year, depending on the conditions of the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergencies===&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to simulating day-to-day living in Space (or on a Planet's surface), Simulators are responsible for creating emergencies.  These are usually designed to be puzzles or situations that the [[Astronauts]] must work with [[Mission Control]] to resolve.  Common issues are Ion Storms (which would knock out electronics or cause radio silence) and Meteor Strikes (which may cause damage or hull breaches to the [[Habitat]]).  More complicated, (and planet-dependent) there have been volcano eruptions, water floods of the surface and habitat, earthquakes, reactor coolant leaks, and out-right equipment breakdown requiring repair.  During one mission, the ''[[Habitat#The Hawking|The Hawking]]'' crash-landed beside ''[[Habitat#The New Habitat|The New Habitat]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the earliest recorded incidents involving simulators is known as the [[Pink Water|Pink Water Incident]].  The [[Astronauts|astronaut]] drinking water supply became contaminated (and appeared pink).  The astronauts were required to perform tests upon the water to determine if it was still safe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More recently, the simualtors have resorted to less scientific situations, such as [[terrorist]] attacks and other such disasters to break up the monotomy of a [[Mission]]. Some of the more creative simulator stunts have involved aliens.  In the past, such situations were reserved for [[Mission Alpha]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Methods==&lt;br /&gt;
This information is classified to simulators only.  If you wish to learn how past simulators operated, seek them out and ask them directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Secrecy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historically, the Simulator task force was a secret one.  Known only to the Mission Control Mission Commander, they would often occupy Mission Control positions, possibly causing sabotage right under everyone's noses.  It was also helpful for the simulators to have 'planted' Mission Control staff during a planned emergency, as that way if the regular staff couldn't come up with a solution, the planted staff could simply appear more creative.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simulators have been known to infiltrate as high as [[Flight Directors|Flight Director]].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the past few years, the members of the simulator group were well known to most spacesim members.  Lately, there has been a move to return to keeping the members of this group secret from the rest of Space Sim. Hopefuly this will lead to possible infiltration of the 2 other groups of spacesim and consequently, more interesting scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hab Gnomes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, simulators haven been reffered to during the mission as &amp;quot;[[Hab Gnomes]]&amp;quot; by the astronauts. Although this designation is incorrect, astronauts persist in using &amp;quot;hab gnome&amp;quot; to discribe any simulator that they have caught &amp;quot;in the act&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Hal]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Hab Gnome]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Power Coupling]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Contact</id>
		<title>Contact</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Contact"/>
				<updated>2006-06-29T21:39:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: Updated commanders&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are many ways of contacting Spacesim, both in person or electronicaly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==In Person==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spacesim meets weekly at Friday lunches in room 415 on the [[Science Floor]]. New members are always welcome and members will be present and willing to talk if needed. There are also messages and updates posted outside the [[Office]], and there will be usualy several members inside the office at any given lunch hour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spacesim also meets weekly after school at our [[Ottawa Tech]] facilities. These work sessions last from about 3PM to 9 PM and is also a place where you can contact Spacesim in person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Electronicaly==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spacesim has various websites from which you may contact Spacesim. There is the [[Forum]] at www.forums.spacesim.org, as well as the official spacesim [[website]] at www.spacesim.org. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Personal Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mission commander, Brian Foo: commanders@spacesim.org&lt;br /&gt;
*Mission commander, Stefan Deyoung: commanders@spacesim.org&lt;br /&gt;
*EEP Commander, Jeffrey Gao: eep@spacesim.org&lt;br /&gt;
*EEP Commander, Jonathan Scothorn: eep@spacesim.org&lt;br /&gt;
*Planetarium Commander, Guangye Cao: planetarium@spacesim.org&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/2005-06_Blame_List</id>
		<title>2005-06 Blame List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/2005-06_Blame_List"/>
				<updated>2006-06-29T21:37:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Lore}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Blame Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order of blame for the 2005-2006 mission [[Prometheus]] is as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Hab Gnome]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Sim Tower]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Masons]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Longhouse door]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mission Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Power Coupling]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Radios]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[X-box]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Hal]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Hal's spelling]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Transports]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Chuck Norris]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Drills]] (hallucinations)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Earthquakes]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:TheKillerRabbit|Nevin Hotson/Nader]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trogdor]] the Burninator&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Brian Foo]]/Brian&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Johnathan Scothorn]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Stephen Smith]]/Rudolph Hiss&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Stefan DeYoung]]/Lenin&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Steve Mair]]/Churchill&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cookies]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Monty Python]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Llamas]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bacon Reek]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be warned that this is an un-official blame list only, and generated as a spoof. The real 2005-6 blame list has not yet been generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Blame List]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[List of Blame Lists]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/2005-06_Blame_List</id>
		<title>2005-06 Blame List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/2005-06_Blame_List"/>
				<updated>2006-06-29T21:36:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Blame Lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order of blame for the 2005-2006 mission [[Prometheus]] is as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Hab Gnome]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Sim Tower]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Masons]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Longhouse door]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mission Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Power Coupling]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Radios]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[X-box]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Hal]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Hal's spelling]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Transports]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Chuck Norris]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Drills]] (hallucinations)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Earthquakes]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:TheKillerRabbit|Nevin Hotson/Nader]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trogdor]] the Burninator&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Brian Foo]]/Brian&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Johnathan Scothorn]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Stephen Smith]]/Rudolph Hiss&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Stefan DeYoung]]/Lenin&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Steve Mair]]/Churchill&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cookies]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Monty Python]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Llamas]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bacon Reek]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be warned that this is an un-official blame list only, and generated as a spoof. The real 2005-6 blame list has not yet been generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Blame List]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[List of Blame Lists]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/List_of_Alumni</id>
		<title>List of Alumni</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/List_of_Alumni"/>
				<updated>2006-06-29T21:35:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This list is in no means a comprehensive list.  Spacesim asks your assistance in adding any Alumni you are aware of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Ram Ananth]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Songyan Cai]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Ian Cantello]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Betty Ferch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Neil Fraiser]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Alex Ghosh]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Ross Green]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Daniel Kekes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dave Owen]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Ghaham Preston]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Tong Shen]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Elizabeth Smith]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dan Sirbu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Val Sirbu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bo Wang]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Kevin Williams]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Grabrille Wilson]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Alex Wenzowski]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Josh Zahl]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Nikolas Zuchowicz]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Stephen Smith]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Crystal Ziao]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chen Chen Zhang]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Steven Mair]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/User:Bfoo2</id>
		<title>User:Bfoo2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/User:Bfoo2"/>
				<updated>2006-04-22T17:11:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Brian Foo currently holds the sole occupied [[EEP Commander]] position and was an [[astronaut]] for the 2005-2006 [[mission Daedalus]] and [[mission Prometheus]]. During the [[main mission]], he was the payload specialist, and will be forever remembered for his virgin ears, [[red-alert 2]] and 3-hour long [[bio-med]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of SpaceSim, Brian is a co-head of the Lisgar Society of Debating (LSD)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:Prometheus_2006</id>
		<title>Talk:Prometheus 2006</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:Prometheus_2006"/>
				<updated>2006-04-22T17:06:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Life==&lt;br /&gt;
You found life on Titan???  I think the lines between simulation and real life blurred again, since we all know your samples came from 440 albert street, of course you're going to find evidence of bacteria.  You should be careful about running experiments where the results are known, and are very possibly inaccurate. How would you deal with the experiment if you hadn't found life?  Wouldn't that mean it was performed wrong?  Yet you guys don't know if such a thing should be found on Titan.  What an ugly circle.  Just advice for future missions. - [[User:Avacar|Avacar]] 08:26, 21 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well...the stuff was left for one week, and when we opened it up on the next work session for experimentation it was fermenting really badly. I got a whiff of it, and so did Dave Owen, and man, I could tell you than no average ground bacteria could do that in a week. --[[User:Bfoo2|Bfoo2]] 13:06, 22 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:EEP_Commander</id>
		<title>Talk:EEP Commander</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:EEP_Commander"/>
				<updated>2006-04-09T05:30:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;STEPHEN!!!!!! LEARN HOW TO SPELL!!!!!!! [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:51, 8 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Didn't an EEP Commander page already exist?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:EEP_Commander</id>
		<title>Talk:EEP Commander</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:EEP_Commander"/>
				<updated>2006-04-09T05:29:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;STEPHEN!!!!!! LEARN HOW TO SPELL!!!!!!! [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:51, 8 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      Didn't an EEP Commander page already exist?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:EEP_Commander</id>
		<title>Talk:EEP Commander</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:EEP_Commander"/>
				<updated>2006-04-09T05:29:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;STEPHEN!!!!!! LEARN HOW TO SPELL!!!!!!! [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:51, 8 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     Didn't an EEP Commander page already exist?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:EEP_Commander</id>
		<title>Talk:EEP Commander</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:EEP_Commander"/>
				<updated>2006-04-09T05:27:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;STEPHEN!!!!!! LEARN HOW TO SPELL!!!!!!! [[User:Stefanido|Stefanido]] 21:51, 8 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Didn't an EEP Commander page already exist?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Hull_Construction</id>
		<title>Hull Construction</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Hull_Construction"/>
				<updated>2006-04-06T23:52:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* Construction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Habitat Systems]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hull &amp;amp; Superstructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The habitat's structure is designed primarily to resist the impacts of any particles that have managed to stray past the protective [[hull plating]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Construction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[habitat]] is constructed using much the same materials as the [[hull plating]]- a sandwich of materials alternating between a sheet of tungsten, and digh density foam. The tungsten will absorb any impact caused by a projectile, and will fail. When the tungsten fails, it transfers the energy of the projectile into several smaller pieces of tungsten. These pieces are restrained by the foam, which absorbs the energy. The habitat's hull also acts as a faraday cage- grounding all electromagnetic signals that enter the habitat, and preventing their interference with delicate electronic equipment. An antennae protrudes from this faraday cage to allow for the recieption of radio communications.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Hull_Construction</id>
		<title>Hull Construction</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Hull_Construction"/>
				<updated>2006-04-06T23:52:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* Construction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Habitat Systems]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hull &amp;amp; Superstructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The habitat's structure is designed primarily to resist the impacts of any particles that have managed to stray past the protective [[hull plating]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Construction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[habitat]] is constructed using much the same materials as the [[hull plating]]- a sandwich of materials alternating between a sheet of tungsten, and digh density foam. The tungsten will absorb any impact caused by a projectile, and will fail. WHen the tungsten fails, it transfers the energy of the projectile into several smaller pieces of tungsten. These pieces are restrained by the foam, which absorbs the energy. The habitat's hull also acts as a faraday cage- grounding all electromagnetic signals that enter the habitat, and preventing their interference with delicate electronic equipment. An antennae protrudes from this faraday cage to allow for the recieption of radio communications.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Hull_Construction</id>
		<title>Hull Construction</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Hull_Construction"/>
				<updated>2006-04-06T23:52:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Habitat Systems]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hull &amp;amp; Superstructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The habitat's structure is designed primarily to resist the impacts of any particles that have managed to stray past the protective [[hull plating]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Construction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[habitat]] is constructed using much the same materials as the [hull plating]]- a sandwich of materials alternating between a sheet of tungsten, and digh density foam. The tungsten will absorb any impact caused by a projectile, and will fail. WHen the tungsten fails, it transfers the energy of the projectile into several smaller pieces of tungsten. These pieces are restrained by the foam, which absorbs the energy. The habitat's hull also acts as a faraday cage- grounding all electromagnetic signals that enter the habitat, and preventing their interference with delicate electronic equipment. An antennae protrudes from this faraday cage to allow for the recieption of radio communications.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Hull_Plating</id>
		<title>Hull Plating</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Hull_Plating"/>
				<updated>2006-04-06T23:40:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* Spacing */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Habitat Systems]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hull &amp;amp; Superstructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early on in the history of spaceflight, humans have learned that space debris and particles can pose a very grave threat to any spacecraft. When traveling at the extreamly high velocities typical of the [[Habitat]], even the smallest speck of dust has the potential to become a lethal missile. Thus, the [[habitat]] is protected by a simple, yet highly effective defense system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Details==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[habitat]] is protected by a series of ablative armour plates. These plates are laminated and spaced away from the [[habitat]] forming what is known as &amp;quot;ablative spaced-laminate&amp;quot;. It is the combination of several techniques used to protect tanks and other armoured fighting vehicles. It has three ways of stopping otherwise lethal projectiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ablation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ablative plate consists of steel plated loosly bolted onto the exterior of a tank chassis. When an artilary round is fired at the plate; it breaks off and carries the kenetic energy from the shell along with it. Though the plating on the [[habitat]] is much more advanced than common steel, it shares the same principle. When impacted by a meteorite or space debris, the plating is designed to sheer away and thus carry away the energy from the impact. Since the newly liberated plate will continue along the same path as the impacting projectile, the ablative armour works only against glancing impacts as a straight-on impact will drive the plate into the wall of the habitat behind it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To repair an ablative plate after a glancing strike, simply replace the entire scetion. Since the plate is attatched in small scetions, the task should not be too hard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lamination===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The actual plating itself consists of two or more sheets of tungsten. These sheets are seperated from each others by a 5 inch filling of foam. When impacted by a small, high velocity projectile, the exposed tungsten plate will fail; shattering the projectile on impact. THese small fragments are then easily stopped by the foam underneith. For better protection; three, sometimes four layers of tungsten and foam may be used fo better protection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The damage done to the laminate plate is extreamly easy to repair. Liquid foam and a small patch are all that's needed. Simply inject foam into the damaged area and place a metal plate ontop of the hole. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Spacing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spaced armour is used by some tanks and bunkers. It involves placing two thin layers of steel sepperated by a small gap in place of a much larger; solid piece of steel.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Talk:Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T18:17:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;I made some major changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-updated CAPCOM procedures, although pending the new names for the systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-distinguished between alpha and beta emergencies (the procedures for the 2 seem to be jumbled together)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-new fire and radiation procedures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have finished segregating alpha and beta procedures. The procedure references need to be revamped, but I'm too lazy to do it now&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T18:15:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 4.0 Emergency Action Procedures (Beta) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.3 Signs of disaster: The following EECOM behaviors should be watched for: Decreased O2 levels, increased CO2 levels, increased chem levels- assume that there is a fire. Increased radiation and chem readings, esp. in the longhouse- assume that there is engine trouble, even if the pilot's software informs otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A power failure may be the result of radiation. If communication with mission control to confirm this is impossible, assume that there is a major radiation contamination and follow major radiation procedures (3.2.4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Major Radiation: A major radiation contamination is defined as a contamination that affects more than 3 modules of the habitat. Usuaully, these are caused by celestial phenomenon, such as ionized particle bombardment (ion storms), etc. The EECOM display should provide a warning when such a phenomenon is expected. When such a warning occurs, the three most essential personel should proceed to the escape pod, but DO NOT LAUNCH- if the source of radiation is a celestial phenomenon, launching into it in an escape pod offers no benefits. The other members must don EVA suits. If there is sufficient time before the phenomenon impacts the ship, the three suited astronauts must shut down all electronics (escepting black headsets) and disengage the circuit relays. This is to prevent any damage to electronics that the radiation may cause. The suited astronauts should then proceed to the bathroom, and seal themselves in. Since the bathroom offers 2x protection against radiation compared to the rest of the habitat, and the EVA suits offer 1x protection compared to the rest of the habitat, the suited astronauts should be protected by 3x the protection of the habitat, and this should be sufficient. The essential personel in the escape pod recieve 2x protection from the bathroom, and 1x protection from the escape pod's hull, and are thus equally protected as the suited astronauts. A good indicator of when the storm has passed are the headsets. When they start working again, that should indicate that the radiation levels have subsided. If this is the case, attempt to re-acquire contact with Mission COntrol. If this is unsucessful, the suited astronauts should conduct an IVA to the interlock, and re-boot EECOM and GUIDO. EECOM should display the radition levels of the habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 HABITAT BETA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 (GENERAL) Procedure: All Astronauts are to immediately move to a non-endangered module, preferably the Interlock, or a module as close to the Interlock as possible, sealing all doors and hatches behind them to minimize the number of endangered modules. Under no circumstances should Astronauts be split into groups except (a) to conduct IVAs/EVAs or (b) when rendered impossible when Astronauts are separated by depressurized or otherwise endangered modules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 (EVACUATION ONLY) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 (ISOLATION) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. All Astronauts must remain in their current modules and under no circumstances are they to move. Astronauts should sit on the floor and avoid any contact with the rest of the hull. The Habitat Commander will enter the Interlock only when cleared to do so by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.7 BREAKER PANEL OPERATION=== &lt;br /&gt;
4.7.1 GENERAL: Consult with a Tech Specialist or Tech Director for guidance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.2 RESTORING POWER (single module): Check the habitat GFCI breaker for the affected module. Press the black trip button then the red reset button.  If the habitat GFCI breaker does not trip but the power does not come back on, attempt to determine and remove the cause of the overload. This may include excessive amount of operative electrical devices on one circuit. Contact MC for remote restoration of power at the main breakers.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.3 RESTORING POWER (entire habitat): If the GFCI breakers have not been tripped, follow P4 23 (Beta Isolation) and inform Mission Control of the situation. Mission Control will inform you as to the nature of the emergency and might order P4.32 (Alpha Extreme Hazard Evac). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.4 TERMINATING POWER: If the situation permits, shut down all electronics in the module(s) to be powered down. Then trip the GFCI breaker using the black button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.5 REPETATIVE BREAKER TRIPPING: The circuit is overloaded or potentially damaged. Terminate power to the circuit and remove (unplug) all electronics from the circuit. Follow P4.72 and wait If the breaker trips again, the module is to be sealed for the remainder of the mission. Mission Control may order P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) at the discretion of the Commanders and Tech Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.8 MUTINY &amp;amp; HIJACKING===&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.1 MUTINY/Hijacking: A person, or a group of people, take control of the Habitat. This may be Mutinying Astronauts or Hijackers. Mission Control is to immediately get in contact with the hijackers/mutineer. They must negotiate with these people. Supply their demands: you must get the Mission Commander and the Habitat back to Earth in one piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.2 Mutiny: Try to convince them to stand down. You may have to threaten the mutineers. If the Mission Commander is dead, or segregated, offer to lower oxygen levels in their module.  Attempt to gain complete remote control of the Habitat. Seal off the interlock. Offer to inject radiation into the Habitat. Once returned to Earth, the mutineers are to be taken into custody regardless of what occurs. If absolutely necessary, detonate the Habitat (P4.84) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.3 Hijacking: If another party boards the Habitat, and you cannot negotiate with them. Mission Control is to aid the Astronaut remotely to retake the Habitat by force, if viable. Seal off the Interlock. Gain complete remote control of the Hab. Attempt to vent or depressurize modules with hijackers, if it doesn't affect the astronauts. If in space, deactivate the 3DMI to remove artificial gravity. If the astronauts are dead, follow P4.84. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.4 Habitat Self-Destruction: If there is no way to return the Habitat and/or the Mission Commander and loyal astronauts are dead, activate the self-destruct circuit. Only the Mission Commander on Earth will know the activation code. He is to send it on a coded signal to the AYSE drive, which will seek out the Habitat if separated, autodock, and detonate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.9 INSTRUMENTATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.1: Instrumentation failure, replacement, and general problems &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.2 Instrumentation Failure: If an instrument is broken or not reading correctly, run diagnostics upon it. I fit is software or control panel, consult with Mission Control, the Mission Commander, or someone knowledgeable in the computer system about how to repair. Generally speaking, someone in MC should know how to replace any broken instrument, and they will all have their own replacement procedure. This will be covered during Astronaut and/or Flight Team Training each year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.3 Instrument Replacement: If an instrument cannot be repaired, it should be replaced. Find the spare in the Emergency Repair Kit, and attach it where needed in the same form that the original was attached. Consult Mission Control and your Astronaut or Flight Team Training for replacement of parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==6.0 Alpha mission procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
6.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===6.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   6.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   6.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
6 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T18:15:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 4.0 Emergency Action Procedures (Beta) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.3 Signs of disaster: The following EECOM behaviors should be watched for: Decreased O2 levels, increased CO2 levels, increased chem levels- assume that there is a fire. Increased radiation and chem readings, esp. in the longhouse- assume that there is engine trouble, even if the pilot's software informs otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A power failure may be the result of radiation. If communication with mission control to confirm this is impossible, assume that there is a major radiation contamination and follow major radiation procedures (3.2.4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Major Radiation: A major radiation contamination is defined as a contamination that affects more than 3 modules of the habitat. Usuaully, these are caused by celestial phenomenon, such as ionized particle bombardment (ion storms), etc. The EECOM display should provide a warning when such a phenomenon is expected. When such a warning occurs, the three most essential personel should proceed to the escape pod, but DO NOT LAUNCH- if the source of radiation is a celestial phenomenon, launching into it in an escape pod offers no benefits. The other members must don EVA suits. If there is sufficient time before the phenomenon impacts the ship, the three suited astronauts must shut down all electronics (escepting black headsets) and disengage the circuit relays. This is to prevent any damage to electronics that the radiation may cause. The suited astronauts should then proceed to the bathroom, and seal themselves in. Since the bathroom offers 2x protection against radiation compared to the rest of the habitat, and the EVA suits offer 1x protection compared to the rest of the habitat, the suited astronauts should be protected by 3x the protection of the habitat, and this should be sufficient. The essential personel in the escape pod recieve 2x protection from the bathroom, and 1x protection from the escape pod's hull, and are thus equally protected as the suited astronauts. A good indicator of when the storm has passed are the headsets. When they start working again, that should indicate that the radiation levels have subsided. If this is the case, attempt to re-acquire contact with Mission COntrol. If this is unsucessful, the suited astronauts should conduct an IVA to the interlock, and re-boot EECOM and GUIDO. EECOM should display the radition levels of the habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures (Beta)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 HABITAT BETA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 (GENERAL) Procedure: All Astronauts are to immediately move to a non-endangered module, preferably the Interlock, or a module as close to the Interlock as possible, sealing all doors and hatches behind them to minimize the number of endangered modules. Under no circumstances should Astronauts be split into groups except (a) to conduct IVAs/EVAs or (b) when rendered impossible when Astronauts are separated by depressurized or otherwise endangered modules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 (EVACUATION ONLY) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 (ISOLATION) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. All Astronauts must remain in their current modules and under no circumstances are they to move. Astronauts should sit on the floor and avoid any contact with the rest of the hull. The Habitat Commander will enter the Interlock only when cleared to do so by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.7 BREAKER PANEL OPERATION=== &lt;br /&gt;
4.7.1 GENERAL: Consult with a Tech Specialist or Tech Director for guidance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.2 RESTORING POWER (single module): Check the habitat GFCI breaker for the affected module. Press the black trip button then the red reset button.  If the habitat GFCI breaker does not trip but the power does not come back on, attempt to determine and remove the cause of the overload. This may include excessive amount of operative electrical devices on one circuit. Contact MC for remote restoration of power at the main breakers.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.3 RESTORING POWER (entire habitat): If the GFCI breakers have not been tripped, follow P4 23 (Beta Isolation) and inform Mission Control of the situation. Mission Control will inform you as to the nature of the emergency and might order P4.32 (Alpha Extreme Hazard Evac). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.4 TERMINATING POWER: If the situation permits, shut down all electronics in the module(s) to be powered down. Then trip the GFCI breaker using the black button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.5 REPETATIVE BREAKER TRIPPING: The circuit is overloaded or potentially damaged. Terminate power to the circuit and remove (unplug) all electronics from the circuit. Follow P4.72 and wait If the breaker trips again, the module is to be sealed for the remainder of the mission. Mission Control may order P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) at the discretion of the Commanders and Tech Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.8 MUTINY &amp;amp; HIJACKING===&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.1 MUTINY/Hijacking: A person, or a group of people, take control of the Habitat. This may be Mutinying Astronauts or Hijackers. Mission Control is to immediately get in contact with the hijackers/mutineer. They must negotiate with these people. Supply their demands: you must get the Mission Commander and the Habitat back to Earth in one piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.2 Mutiny: Try to convince them to stand down. You may have to threaten the mutineers. If the Mission Commander is dead, or segregated, offer to lower oxygen levels in their module.  Attempt to gain complete remote control of the Habitat. Seal off the interlock. Offer to inject radiation into the Habitat. Once returned to Earth, the mutineers are to be taken into custody regardless of what occurs. If absolutely necessary, detonate the Habitat (P4.84) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.3 Hijacking: If another party boards the Habitat, and you cannot negotiate with them. Mission Control is to aid the Astronaut remotely to retake the Habitat by force, if viable. Seal off the Interlock. Gain complete remote control of the Hab. Attempt to vent or depressurize modules with hijackers, if it doesn't affect the astronauts. If in space, deactivate the 3DMI to remove artificial gravity. If the astronauts are dead, follow P4.84. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.4 Habitat Self-Destruction: If there is no way to return the Habitat and/or the Mission Commander and loyal astronauts are dead, activate the self-destruct circuit. Only the Mission Commander on Earth will know the activation code. He is to send it on a coded signal to the AYSE drive, which will seek out the Habitat if separated, autodock, and detonate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.9 INSTRUMENTATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.1: Instrumentation failure, replacement, and general problems &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.2 Instrumentation Failure: If an instrument is broken or not reading correctly, run diagnostics upon it. I fit is software or control panel, consult with Mission Control, the Mission Commander, or someone knowledgeable in the computer system about how to repair. Generally speaking, someone in MC should know how to replace any broken instrument, and they will all have their own replacement procedure. This will be covered during Astronaut and/or Flight Team Training each year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.3 Instrument Replacement: If an instrument cannot be repaired, it should be replaced. Find the spare in the Emergency Repair Kit, and attach it where needed in the same form that the original was attached. Consult Mission Control and your Astronaut or Flight Team Training for replacement of parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==6.0 Alpha mission procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
6.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===6.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   6.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   6.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
6 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T18:13:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.3 Signs of disaster: The following EECOM behaviors should be watched for: Decreased O2 levels, increased CO2 levels, increased chem levels- assume that there is a fire. Increased radiation and chem readings, esp. in the longhouse- assume that there is engine trouble, even if the pilot's software informs otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A power failure may be the result of radiation. If communication with mission control to confirm this is impossible, assume that there is a major radiation contamination and follow major radiation procedures (3.2.4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Major Radiation: A major radiation contamination is defined as a contamination that affects more than 3 modules of the habitat. Usuaully, these are caused by celestial phenomenon, such as ionized particle bombardment (ion storms), etc. The EECOM display should provide a warning when such a phenomenon is expected. When such a warning occurs, the three most essential personel should proceed to the escape pod, but DO NOT LAUNCH- if the source of radiation is a celestial phenomenon, launching into it in an escape pod offers no benefits. The other members must don EVA suits. If there is sufficient time before the phenomenon impacts the ship, the three suited astronauts must shut down all electronics (escepting black headsets) and disengage the circuit relays. This is to prevent any damage to electronics that the radiation may cause. The suited astronauts should then proceed to the bathroom, and seal themselves in. Since the bathroom offers 2x protection against radiation compared to the rest of the habitat, and the EVA suits offer 1x protection compared to the rest of the habitat, the suited astronauts should be protected by 3x the protection of the habitat, and this should be sufficient. The essential personel in the escape pod recieve 2x protection from the bathroom, and 1x protection from the escape pod's hull, and are thus equally protected as the suited astronauts. A good indicator of when the storm has passed are the headsets. When they start working again, that should indicate that the radiation levels have subsided. If this is the case, attempt to re-acquire contact with Mission COntrol. If this is unsucessful, the suited astronauts should conduct an IVA to the interlock, and re-boot EECOM and GUIDO. EECOM should display the radition levels of the habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures (Beta)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==6.0 Alpha mission procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
6.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===6.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   6.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   6.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
6 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T18:11:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.3 Signs of disaster: The following EECOM behaviors should be watched for: Decreased O2 levels, increased CO2 levels, increased chem levels- assume that there is a fire. Increased radiation and chem readings, esp. in the longhouse- assume that there is engine trouble, even if the pilot's software informs otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A power failure may be the result of radiation. If communication with mission control to confirm this is impossible, assume that there is a major radiation contamination and follow major radiation procedures (3.2.4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Major Radiation: A major radiation contamination is defined as a contamination that affects more than 3 modules of the habitat. Usuaully, these are caused by celestial phenomenon, such as ionized particle bombardment (ion storms), etc. The EECOM display should provide a warning when such a phenomenon is expected. When such a warning occurs, the three most essential personel should proceed to the escape pod, but DO NOT LAUNCH- if the source of radiation is a celestial phenomenon, launching into it in an escape pod offers no benefits. The other members must don EVA suits. If there is sufficient time before the phenomenon impacts the ship, the three suited astronauts must shut down all electronics (escepting black headsets) and disengage the circuit relays. This is to prevent any damage to electronics that the radiation may cause. The suited astronauts should then proceed to the bathroom, and seal themselves in. Since the bathroom offers 2x protection against radiation compared to the rest of the habitat, and the EVA suits offer 1x protection compared to the rest of the habitat, the suited astronauts should be protected by 3x the protection of the habitat, and this should be sufficient. The essential personel in the escape pod recieve 2x protection from the bathroom, and 1x protection from the escape pod's hull, and are thus equally protected as the suited astronauts. A good indicator of when the storm has passed are the headsets. When they start working again, that should indicate that the radiation levels have subsided. If this is the case, attempt to re-acquire contact with Mission COntrol. If this is unsucessful, the suited astronauts should conduct an IVA to the interlock, and re-boot EECOM and GUIDO. EECOM should display the radition levels of the habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures (Beta)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===4.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T18:10:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 4.0 Emergency Action Procedures (Beta) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.3 Signs of disaster: The following EECOM behaviors should be watched for: Decreased O2 levels, increased CO2 levels, increased chem levels- assume that there is a fire. Increased radiation and chem readings, esp. in the longhouse- assume that there is engine trouble, even if the pilot's software informs otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A power failure may be the result of radiation. If communication with mission control to confirm this is impossible, assume that there is a major radiation contamination and follow major radiation procedures (3.2.4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Major Radiation: A major radiation contamination is defined as a contamination that affects more than 3 modules of the habitat. Usuaully, these are caused by celestial phenomenon, such as ionized particle bombardment (ion storms), etc. The EECOM display should provide a warning when such a phenomenon is expected. When such a warning occurs, the three most essential personel should proceed to the escape pod, but DO NOT LAUNCH- if the source of radiation is a celestial phenomenon, launching into it in an escape pod offers no benefits. The other members must don EVA suits. If there is sufficient time before the phenomenon impacts the ship, the three suited astronauts must shut down all electronics (escepting black headsets) and disengage the circuit relays. This is to prevent any damage to electronics that the radiation may cause. The suited astronauts should then proceed to the bathroom, and seal themselves in. Since the bathroom offers 2x protection against radiation compared to the rest of the habitat, and the EVA suits offer 1x protection compared to the rest of the habitat, the suited astronauts should be protected by 3x the protection of the habitat, and this should be sufficient. The essential personel in the escape pod recieve 2x protection from the bathroom, and 1x protection from the escape pod's hull, and are thus equally protected as the suited astronauts. A good indicator of when the storm has passed are the headsets. When they start working again, that should indicate that the radiation levels have subsided. If this is the case, attempt to re-acquire contact with Mission COntrol. If this is unsucessful, the suited astronauts should conduct an IVA to the interlock, and re-boot EECOM and GUIDO. EECOM should display the radition levels of the habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures (Beta)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T18:10:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 4.0 Emergency Action Procedures (Alpha) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.3 Signs of disaster: The following EECOM behaviors should be watched for: Decreased O2 levels, increased CO2 levels, increased chem levels- assume that there is a fire. Increased radiation and chem readings, esp. in the longhouse- assume that there is engine trouble, even if the pilot's software informs otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A power failure may be the result of radiation. If communication with mission control to confirm this is impossible, assume that there is a major radiation contamination and follow major radiation procedures (3.2.4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Major Radiation: A major radiation contamination is defined as a contamination that affects more than 3 modules of the habitat. Usuaully, these are caused by celestial phenomenon, such as ionized particle bombardment (ion storms), etc. The EECOM display should provide a warning when such a phenomenon is expected. When such a warning occurs, the three most essential personel should proceed to the escape pod, but DO NOT LAUNCH- if the source of radiation is a celestial phenomenon, launching into it in an escape pod offers no benefits. The other members must don EVA suits. If there is sufficient time before the phenomenon impacts the ship, the three suited astronauts must shut down all electronics (escepting black headsets) and disengage the circuit relays. This is to prevent any damage to electronics that the radiation may cause. The suited astronauts should then proceed to the bathroom, and seal themselves in. Since the bathroom offers 2x protection against radiation compared to the rest of the habitat, and the EVA suits offer 1x protection compared to the rest of the habitat, the suited astronauts should be protected by 3x the protection of the habitat, and this should be sufficient. The essential personel in the escape pod recieve 2x protection from the bathroom, and 1x protection from the escape pod's hull, and are thus equally protected as the suited astronauts. A good indicator of when the storm has passed are the headsets. When they start working again, that should indicate that the radiation levels have subsided. If this is the case, attempt to re-acquire contact with Mission COntrol. If this is unsucessful, the suited astronauts should conduct an IVA to the interlock, and re-boot EECOM and GUIDO. EECOM should display the radition levels of the habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures (Beta)==&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===4.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T18:05:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 4.0 Emergency Action Procedures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.3 Signs of disaster: The following EECOM behaviors should be watched for: Decreased O2 levels, increased CO2 levels, increased chem levels- assume that there is a fire. Increased radiation and chem readings, esp. in the longhouse- assume that there is engine trouble, even if the pilot's software informs otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A power failure may be the result of radiation. If communication with mission control to confirm this is impossible, assume that there is a major radiation contamination and follow major radiation procedures (3.2.4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Major Radiation: A major radiation contamination is defined as a contamination that affects more than 3 modules of the habitat. Usuaully, these are caused by celestial phenomenon, such as ionized particle bombardment (ion storms), etc. The EECOM display should provide a warning when such a phenomenon is expected. When such a warning occurs, the three most essential personel should proceed to the escape pod, but DO NOT LAUNCH- if the source of radiation is a celestial phenomenon, launching into it in an escape pod offers no benefits. The other members must don EVA suits. If there is sufficient time before the phenomenon impacts the ship, the three suited astronauts must shut down all electronics (escepting black headsets) and disengage the circuit relays. This is to prevent any damage to electronics that the radiation may cause. The suited astronauts should then proceed to the bathroom, and seal themselves in. Since the bathroom offers 2x protection against radiation compared to the rest of the habitat, and the EVA suits offer 1x protection compared to the rest of the habitat, the suited astronauts should be protected by 3x the protection of the habitat, and this should be sufficient. The essential personel in the escape pod recieve 2x protection from the bathroom, and 1x protection from the escape pod's hull, and are thus equally protected as the suited astronauts. A good indicator of when the storm has passed are the headsets. When they start working again, that should indicate that the radiation levels have subsided. If this is the case, attempt to re-acquire contact with Mission COntrol. If this is unsucessful, the suited astronauts should conduct an IVA to the interlock, and re-boot EECOM and GUIDO. EECOM should display the radition levels of the habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures (Alpha)==&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===4.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T18:01:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 4.0 Emergency Action Procedures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.3 Signs of disaster: The following EECOM behaviors should be watched for: Decreased O2 levels, increased CO2 levels, increased chem levels- assume that there is a fire. Increased radiation and chem readings, esp. in the longhouse- assume that there is engine trouble, even if the pilot's software informs otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A power failure may be the result of radiation. If communication with mission control to confirm this is impossible, assume that there is a major radiation contamination and follow major radiation procedures (3.2.4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Major Radiation: A major radiation contamination is defined as a contamination that affects more than 3 modules of the habitat. Usuaully, these are caused by celestial phenomenon, such as ionized particle bombardment (ion storms), etc. The EECOM display should provide a warning when such a phenomenon is expected. When such a warning occurs, the three most essential personel should proceed to the escape pod, but DO NOT LAUNCH- if the source of radiation is a celestial phenomenon, launching into it in an escape pod offers no benefits. The other members must don EVA suits. If there is sufficient time before the phenomenon impacts the ship, the three suited astronauts must shut down all electronics (escepting black headsets) and disengage the circuit relays. This is to prevent any damage to electronics that the radiation may cause. The suited astronauts should then proceed to the bathroom, and seal themselves in. Since the bathroom offers 2x protection against radiation compared to the rest of the habitat, and the EVA suits offer 1x protection compared to the rest of the habitat, the suited astronauts should be protected by 3x the protection of the habitat, and this should be sufficient. The essential personel in the escape pod recieve 2x protection from the bathroom, and 1x protection from the escape pod's hull, and are thus equally protected as the suited astronauts. A good indicator of when the storm has passed are the headsets. When they start working again, that should indicate that the radiation levels have subsided. If this is the case, attempt to re-acquire contact with Mission COntrol. If this is unsucessful, the suited astronauts should conduct an IVA to the interlock, and re-boot EECOM and GUIDO. EECOM should display the radition levels of the habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 HABITAT BETA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 (GENERAL) Procedure: All Astronauts are to immediately move to a non-endangered module, preferably the Interlock, or a module as close to the Interlock as possible, sealing all doors and hatches behind them to minimize the number of endangered modules. Under no circumstances should Astronauts be split into groups except (a) to conduct IVAs/EVAs or (b) when rendered impossible when Astronauts are separated by depressurized or otherwise endangered modules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 (EVACUATION ONLY) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 (ISOLATION) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. All Astronauts must remain in their current modules and under no circumstances are they to move. Astronauts should sit on the floor and avoid any contact with the rest of the hull. The Habitat Commander will enter the Interlock only when cleared to do so by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===4.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 ILLNESS Procedure: Treat the symptoms.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.1 Contagious Illness: At the time a contagious illness is discovered, it is highly probable that all the astronauts have already been infected. Nonetheless, attempt to slow the spread of the disease by isolating the patient as much as possible. Use quarantine procedure P2 56 Use the Hotlab as the isolation chamber if the decontamination field is working.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.2 Life-threatening Illness: If an astronaut is exhibiting life-threatening illness, they must be evacuated. A Beta-class mission abort (P4.63) must be initialized. The habitat is to return to Earth at full speed, burning out the AYSE drive if necessary. Mission control should call EMS such that it arrives just prior to landing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.5 HABITAT CONTAMINANT CONTROL ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.1 Contaminant General: A contaminant is anything degrading the quality of the environment of the Habitat. Usually it is in the form of dangerous chemicals, air-born or liquid. In all cases, avoid direct contact with the contaminant. The Module containing the contaminant should be sealed Evacuated and Sealed P4.21. Mission Control is to run analysis of the situation and locate the source of the problem. Astronauts should expect an IVA request from Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.2 Liquid Contaminant: The Astronauts should suit up for an IVA once cleared by Mission Control All other astronauts should exit to a module not adjacent to the contaminated modules).  They are to seal themselves in said other module. The astronauts in IVAs are then to open the contaminated module. If realistic, a sample of the contaminant should be taken for later study.  The Astronauts should then clean the spill and rectify the situation as directed by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.3 Gaseous Contaminant: If there is a gaseous contaminant, the affected module(s) are to be vented by the Astronauts through the control panel. Once all traces of the contaminant are out of the air and Mission Control confirms, the astronauts are to then re-pressurize the module.  If the astronauts cannot reach the Control Panel, Mission Control may assume these tasks. Before entering a module just cleaned, five minutes should be taken to assure that the gaseous contaminant does not return. If it does, &lt;br /&gt;
an IVA may be needed to fix the source before venting can commence. If there is a liquid contaminant that is producing the gaseous contaminant, IVA suits will be needed clean the Liquid Contaminant P4.52 first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.7 BREAKER PANEL OPERATION=== &lt;br /&gt;
4.7.1 GENERAL: Consult with a Tech Specialist or Tech Director for guidance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.2 RESTORING POWER (single module): Check the habitat GFCI breaker for the affected module. Press the black trip button then the red reset button.  If the habitat GFCI breaker does not trip but the power does not come back on, attempt to determine and remove the cause of the overload. This may include excessive amount of operative electrical devices on one circuit. Contact MC for remote restoration of power at the main breakers.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.3 RESTORING POWER (entire habitat): If the GFCI breakers have not been tripped, follow P4 23 (Beta Isolation) and inform Mission Control of the situation. Mission Control will inform you as to the nature of the emergency and might order P4.32 (Alpha Extreme Hazard Evac). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.4 TERMINATING POWER: If the situation permits, shut down all electronics in the module(s) to be powered down. Then trip the GFCI breaker using the black button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.5 REPETATIVE BREAKER TRIPPING: The circuit is overloaded or potentially damaged. Terminate power to the circuit and remove (unplug) all electronics from the circuit. Follow P4.72 and wait If the breaker trips again, the module is to be sealed for the remainder of the mission. Mission Control may order P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) at the discretion of the Commanders and Tech Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.8 MUTINY &amp;amp; HIJACKING===&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.1 MUTINY/Hijacking: A person, or a group of people, take control of the Habitat. This may be Mutinying Astronauts or Hijackers. Mission Control is to immediately get in contact with the hijackers/mutineer. They must negotiate with these people. Supply their demands: you must get the Mission Commander and the Habitat back to Earth in one piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.2 Mutiny: Try to convince them to stand down. You may have to threaten the mutineers. If the Mission Commander is dead, or segregated, offer to lower oxygen levels in their module.  Attempt to gain complete remote control of the Habitat. Seal off the interlock. Offer to inject radiation into the Habitat. Once returned to Earth, the mutineers are to be taken into custody regardless of what occurs. If absolutely necessary, detonate the Habitat (P4.84) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.3 Hijacking: If another party boards the Habitat, and you cannot negotiate with them. Mission Control is to aid the Astronaut remotely to retake the Habitat by force, if viable. Seal off the Interlock. Gain complete remote control of the Hab. Attempt to vent or depressurize modules with hijackers, if it doesn't affect the astronauts. If in space, deactivate the 3DMI to remove artificial gravity. If the astronauts are dead, follow P4.84. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.4 Habitat Self-Destruction: If there is no way to return the Habitat and/or the Mission Commander and loyal astronauts are dead, activate the self-destruct circuit. Only the Mission Commander on Earth will know the activation code. He is to send it on a coded signal to the AYSE drive, which will seek out the Habitat if separated, autodock, and detonate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.9 INSTRUMENTATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.1: Instrumentation failure, replacement, and general problems &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.2 Instrumentation Failure: If an instrument is broken or not reading correctly, run diagnostics upon it. I fit is software or control panel, consult with Mission Control, the Mission Commander, or someone knowledgeable in the computer system about how to repair. Generally speaking, someone in MC should know how to replace any broken instrument, and they will all have their own replacement procedure. This will be covered during Astronaut and/or Flight Team Training each year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.3 Instrument Replacement: If an instrument cannot be repaired, it should be replaced. Find the spare in the Emergency Repair Kit, and attach it where needed in the same form that the original was attached. Consult Mission Control and your Astronaut or Flight Team Training for replacement of parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T17:55:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.3 Signs of disaster: The following EECOM behaviors should be watched for: Decreased O2 levels, increased CO2 levels, increased chem levels- assume that there is a fire. Increased radiation and chem readings, esp. in the longhouse- assume that there is engine trouble, even if the pilot's software informs otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A power failure may be the result of radiation. If communication with mission control to confirm this is impossible, assume that there is a major radiation contamination and follow major radiation procedures (3.2.4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Major Radiation: A major radiation contamination is defined as a contamination that affects more than 3 modules of the habitat. Usuaully, these are caused by celestial phenomenon, such as ionized particle bombardment (ion storms), etc. The EECOM display should provide a warning when such a phenomenon is expected. When such a warning occurs, the three most essential personel should proceed to the escape pod, but DO NOT LAUNCH- if the source of radiation is a celestial phenomenon, launching into it in an escape pod offers no benefits. The other members must don EVA suits. If there is sufficient time before the phenomenon impacts the ship, the three suited astronauts must shut down all electronics (escepting black headsets) and disengage the circuit relays. This is to prevent any damage to electronics that the radiation may cause. The suited astronauts should then proceed to the bathroom, and seal themselves in. Since the bathroom offers 2x protection against radiation compared to the rest of the habitat, and the EVA suits offer 1x protection compared to the rest of the habitat, the suited astronauts should be protected by 3x the protection of the habitat, and this should be sufficient. The essential personel in the escape pod recieve 2x protection from the bathroom, and 1x protection from the escape pod's hull, and are thus equally protected as the suited astronauts. A good indicator of when the storm has passed are the headsets. When they start working again, that should indicate that the radiation levels have subsided. If this is the case, attempt to re-acquire contact with Mission COntrol. If this is unsucessful, the suited astronauts should conduct an IVA to the interlock, and re-boot EECOM and GUIDO. EECOM should display the radition levels of the habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 HABITAT BETA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 (GENERAL) Procedure: All Astronauts are to immediately move to a non-endangered module, preferably the Interlock, or a module as close to the Interlock as possible, sealing all doors and hatches behind them to minimize the number of endangered modules. Under no circumstances should Astronauts be split into groups except (a) to conduct IVAs/EVAs or (b) when rendered impossible when Astronauts are separated by depressurized or otherwise endangered modules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 (EVACUATION ONLY) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 (ISOLATION) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. All Astronauts must remain in their current modules and under no circumstances are they to move. Astronauts should sit on the floor and avoid any contact with the rest of the hull. The Habitat Commander will enter the Interlock only when cleared to do so by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===4.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 ILLNESS Procedure: Treat the symptoms.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.1 Contagious Illness: At the time a contagious illness is discovered, it is highly probable that all the astronauts have already been infected. Nonetheless, attempt to slow the spread of the disease by isolating the patient as much as possible. Use quarantine procedure P2 56 Use the Hotlab as the isolation chamber if the decontamination field is working.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.2 Life-threatening Illness: If an astronaut is exhibiting life-threatening illness, they must be evacuated. A Beta-class mission abort (P4.63) must be initialized. The habitat is to return to Earth at full speed, burning out the AYSE drive if necessary. Mission control should call EMS such that it arrives just prior to landing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.5 HABITAT CONTAMINANT CONTROL ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.1 Contaminant General: A contaminant is anything degrading the quality of the environment of the Habitat. Usually it is in the form of dangerous chemicals, air-born or liquid. In all cases, avoid direct contact with the contaminant. The Module containing the contaminant should be sealed Evacuated and Sealed P4.21. Mission Control is to run analysis of the situation and locate the source of the problem. Astronauts should expect an IVA request from Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.2 Liquid Contaminant: The Astronauts should suit up for an IVA once cleared by Mission Control All other astronauts should exit to a module not adjacent to the contaminated modules).  They are to seal themselves in said other module. The astronauts in IVAs are then to open the contaminated module. If realistic, a sample of the contaminant should be taken for later study.  The Astronauts should then clean the spill and rectify the situation as directed by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.3 Gaseous Contaminant: If there is a gaseous contaminant, the affected module(s) are to be vented by the Astronauts through the control panel. Once all traces of the contaminant are out of the air and Mission Control confirms, the astronauts are to then re-pressurize the module.  If the astronauts cannot reach the Control Panel, Mission Control may assume these tasks. Before entering a module just cleaned, five minutes should be taken to assure that the gaseous contaminant does not return. If it does, &lt;br /&gt;
an IVA may be needed to fix the source before venting can commence. If there is a liquid contaminant that is producing the gaseous contaminant, IVA suits will be needed clean the Liquid Contaminant P4.52 first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.7 BREAKER PANEL OPERATION=== &lt;br /&gt;
4.7.1 GENERAL: Consult with a Tech Specialist or Tech Director for guidance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.2 RESTORING POWER (single module): Check the habitat GFCI breaker for the affected module. Press the black trip button then the red reset button.  If the habitat GFCI breaker does not trip but the power does not come back on, attempt to determine and remove the cause of the overload. This may include excessive amount of operative electrical devices on one circuit. Contact MC for remote restoration of power at the main breakers.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.3 RESTORING POWER (entire habitat): If the GFCI breakers have not been tripped, follow P4 23 (Beta Isolation) and inform Mission Control of the situation. Mission Control will inform you as to the nature of the emergency and might order P4.32 (Alpha Extreme Hazard Evac). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.4 TERMINATING POWER: If the situation permits, shut down all electronics in the module(s) to be powered down. Then trip the GFCI breaker using the black button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.5 REPETATIVE BREAKER TRIPPING: The circuit is overloaded or potentially damaged. Terminate power to the circuit and remove (unplug) all electronics from the circuit. Follow P4.72 and wait If the breaker trips again, the module is to be sealed for the remainder of the mission. Mission Control may order P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) at the discretion of the Commanders and Tech Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.8 MUTINY &amp;amp; HIJACKING===&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.1 MUTINY/Hijacking: A person, or a group of people, take control of the Habitat. This may be Mutinying Astronauts or Hijackers. Mission Control is to immediately get in contact with the hijackers/mutineer. They must negotiate with these people. Supply their demands: you must get the Mission Commander and the Habitat back to Earth in one piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.2 Mutiny: Try to convince them to stand down. You may have to threaten the mutineers. If the Mission Commander is dead, or segregated, offer to lower oxygen levels in their module.  Attempt to gain complete remote control of the Habitat. Seal off the interlock. Offer to inject radiation into the Habitat. Once returned to Earth, the mutineers are to be taken into custody regardless of what occurs. If absolutely necessary, detonate the Habitat (P4.84) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.3 Hijacking: If another party boards the Habitat, and you cannot negotiate with them. Mission Control is to aid the Astronaut remotely to retake the Habitat by force, if viable. Seal off the Interlock. Gain complete remote control of the Hab. Attempt to vent or depressurize modules with hijackers, if it doesn't affect the astronauts. If in space, deactivate the 3DMI to remove artificial gravity. If the astronauts are dead, follow P4.84. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.4 Habitat Self-Destruction: If there is no way to return the Habitat and/or the Mission Commander and loyal astronauts are dead, activate the self-destruct circuit. Only the Mission Commander on Earth will know the activation code. He is to send it on a coded signal to the AYSE drive, which will seek out the Habitat if separated, autodock, and detonate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.9 INSTRUMENTATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.1: Instrumentation failure, replacement, and general problems &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.2 Instrumentation Failure: If an instrument is broken or not reading correctly, run diagnostics upon it. I fit is software or control panel, consult with Mission Control, the Mission Commander, or someone knowledgeable in the computer system about how to repair. Generally speaking, someone in MC should know how to replace any broken instrument, and they will all have their own replacement procedure. This will be covered during Astronaut and/or Flight Team Training each year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.3 Instrument Replacement: If an instrument cannot be repaired, it should be replaced. Find the spare in the Emergency Repair Kit, and attach it where needed in the same form that the original was attached. Consult Mission Control and your Astronaut or Flight Team Training for replacement of parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T17:55:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.3 Signs of disaster: The following EECOM behaviors should be watched for: Decreased O2 levels, increased CO2 levels, increased chem levels- assume that there is a fire. Increased radiation and chem readings, esp. in the longhouse- assume that there is engine trouble, even if the pilot's software informs otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A power failure may be the result of radiation. If communication with mission control to confirm this is impossible, assume that there is a major radiation contamination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Major Radiation: A major radiation contamination is defined as a contamination that affects more than 3 modules of the habitat. Usuaully, these are caused by celestial phenomenon, such as ionized particle bombardment (ion storms), etc. The EECOM display should provide a warning when such a phenomenon is expected. When such a warning occurs, the three most essential personel should proceed to the escape pod, but DO NOT LAUNCH- if the source of radiation is a celestial phenomenon, launching into it in an escape pod offers no benefits. The other members must don EVA suits. If there is sufficient time before the phenomenon impacts the ship, the three suited astronauts must shut down all electronics (escepting black headsets) and disengage the circuit relays. This is to prevent any damage to electronics that the radiation may cause. The suited astronauts should then proceed to the bathroom, and seal themselves in. Since the bathroom offers 2x protection against radiation compared to the rest of the habitat, and the EVA suits offer 1x protection compared to the rest of the habitat, the suited astronauts should be protected by 3x the protection of the habitat, and this should be sufficient. The essential personel in the escape pod recieve 2x protection from the bathroom, and 1x protection from the escape pod's hull, and are thus equally protected as the suited astronauts. A good indicator of when the storm has passed are the headsets. When they start working again, that should indicate that the radiation levels have subsided. If this is the case, attempt to re-acquire contact with Mission COntrol. If this is unsucessful, the suited astronauts should conduct an IVA to the interlock, and re-boot EECOM and GUIDO. EECOM should display the radition levels of the habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 HABITAT BETA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 (GENERAL) Procedure: All Astronauts are to immediately move to a non-endangered module, preferably the Interlock, or a module as close to the Interlock as possible, sealing all doors and hatches behind them to minimize the number of endangered modules. Under no circumstances should Astronauts be split into groups except (a) to conduct IVAs/EVAs or (b) when rendered impossible when Astronauts are separated by depressurized or otherwise endangered modules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 (EVACUATION ONLY) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 (ISOLATION) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. All Astronauts must remain in their current modules and under no circumstances are they to move. Astronauts should sit on the floor and avoid any contact with the rest of the hull. The Habitat Commander will enter the Interlock only when cleared to do so by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===4.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 ILLNESS Procedure: Treat the symptoms.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.1 Contagious Illness: At the time a contagious illness is discovered, it is highly probable that all the astronauts have already been infected. Nonetheless, attempt to slow the spread of the disease by isolating the patient as much as possible. Use quarantine procedure P2 56 Use the Hotlab as the isolation chamber if the decontamination field is working.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.2 Life-threatening Illness: If an astronaut is exhibiting life-threatening illness, they must be evacuated. A Beta-class mission abort (P4.63) must be initialized. The habitat is to return to Earth at full speed, burning out the AYSE drive if necessary. Mission control should call EMS such that it arrives just prior to landing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.5 HABITAT CONTAMINANT CONTROL ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.1 Contaminant General: A contaminant is anything degrading the quality of the environment of the Habitat. Usually it is in the form of dangerous chemicals, air-born or liquid. In all cases, avoid direct contact with the contaminant. The Module containing the contaminant should be sealed Evacuated and Sealed P4.21. Mission Control is to run analysis of the situation and locate the source of the problem. Astronauts should expect an IVA request from Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.2 Liquid Contaminant: The Astronauts should suit up for an IVA once cleared by Mission Control All other astronauts should exit to a module not adjacent to the contaminated modules).  They are to seal themselves in said other module. The astronauts in IVAs are then to open the contaminated module. If realistic, a sample of the contaminant should be taken for later study.  The Astronauts should then clean the spill and rectify the situation as directed by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.3 Gaseous Contaminant: If there is a gaseous contaminant, the affected module(s) are to be vented by the Astronauts through the control panel. Once all traces of the contaminant are out of the air and Mission Control confirms, the astronauts are to then re-pressurize the module.  If the astronauts cannot reach the Control Panel, Mission Control may assume these tasks. Before entering a module just cleaned, five minutes should be taken to assure that the gaseous contaminant does not return. If it does, &lt;br /&gt;
an IVA may be needed to fix the source before venting can commence. If there is a liquid contaminant that is producing the gaseous contaminant, IVA suits will be needed clean the Liquid Contaminant P4.52 first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.7 BREAKER PANEL OPERATION=== &lt;br /&gt;
4.7.1 GENERAL: Consult with a Tech Specialist or Tech Director for guidance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.2 RESTORING POWER (single module): Check the habitat GFCI breaker for the affected module. Press the black trip button then the red reset button.  If the habitat GFCI breaker does not trip but the power does not come back on, attempt to determine and remove the cause of the overload. This may include excessive amount of operative electrical devices on one circuit. Contact MC for remote restoration of power at the main breakers.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.3 RESTORING POWER (entire habitat): If the GFCI breakers have not been tripped, follow P4 23 (Beta Isolation) and inform Mission Control of the situation. Mission Control will inform you as to the nature of the emergency and might order P4.32 (Alpha Extreme Hazard Evac). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.4 TERMINATING POWER: If the situation permits, shut down all electronics in the module(s) to be powered down. Then trip the GFCI breaker using the black button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.5 REPETATIVE BREAKER TRIPPING: The circuit is overloaded or potentially damaged. Terminate power to the circuit and remove (unplug) all electronics from the circuit. Follow P4.72 and wait If the breaker trips again, the module is to be sealed for the remainder of the mission. Mission Control may order P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) at the discretion of the Commanders and Tech Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.8 MUTINY &amp;amp; HIJACKING===&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.1 MUTINY/Hijacking: A person, or a group of people, take control of the Habitat. This may be Mutinying Astronauts or Hijackers. Mission Control is to immediately get in contact with the hijackers/mutineer. They must negotiate with these people. Supply their demands: you must get the Mission Commander and the Habitat back to Earth in one piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.2 Mutiny: Try to convince them to stand down. You may have to threaten the mutineers. If the Mission Commander is dead, or segregated, offer to lower oxygen levels in their module.  Attempt to gain complete remote control of the Habitat. Seal off the interlock. Offer to inject radiation into the Habitat. Once returned to Earth, the mutineers are to be taken into custody regardless of what occurs. If absolutely necessary, detonate the Habitat (P4.84) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.3 Hijacking: If another party boards the Habitat, and you cannot negotiate with them. Mission Control is to aid the Astronaut remotely to retake the Habitat by force, if viable. Seal off the Interlock. Gain complete remote control of the Hab. Attempt to vent or depressurize modules with hijackers, if it doesn't affect the astronauts. If in space, deactivate the 3DMI to remove artificial gravity. If the astronauts are dead, follow P4.84. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.4 Habitat Self-Destruction: If there is no way to return the Habitat and/or the Mission Commander and loyal astronauts are dead, activate the self-destruct circuit. Only the Mission Commander on Earth will know the activation code. He is to send it on a coded signal to the AYSE drive, which will seek out the Habitat if separated, autodock, and detonate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.9 INSTRUMENTATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.1: Instrumentation failure, replacement, and general problems &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.2 Instrumentation Failure: If an instrument is broken or not reading correctly, run diagnostics upon it. I fit is software or control panel, consult with Mission Control, the Mission Commander, or someone knowledgeable in the computer system about how to repair. Generally speaking, someone in MC should know how to replace any broken instrument, and they will all have their own replacement procedure. This will be covered during Astronaut and/or Flight Team Training each year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.3 Instrument Replacement: If an instrument cannot be repaired, it should be replaced. Find the spare in the Emergency Repair Kit, and attach it where needed in the same form that the original was attached. Consult Mission Control and your Astronaut or Flight Team Training for replacement of parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T17:52:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 1.4 EECOM */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.3 Signs of disaster: The following EECOM behaviors should be watched for: Decreased O2 levels, increased CO2 levels, increased chem levels- assume that there is a fire. Increased radiation and chem readings, esp. in the longhouse- assume that there is engine trouble, even if the pilot's software informs otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Major Radiation: A major radiation contamination is defined as a contamination that affects more than 3 modules of the habitat. Usuaully, these are caused by celestial phenomenon, such as ionized particle bombardment (ion storms), etc. The EECOM display should provide a warning when such a phenomenon is expected. When such a warning occurs, the three most essential personel should proceed to the escape pod, but DO NOT LAUNCH- if the source of radiation is a celestial phenomenon, launching into it in an escape pod offers no benefits. The other members must don EVA suits. If there is sufficient time before the phenomenon impacts the ship, the three suited astronauts must shut down all electronics (escepting black headsets) and disengage the circuit relays. This is to prevent any damage to electronics that the radiation may cause. The suited astronauts should then proceed to the bathroom, and seal themselves in. Since the bathroom offers 2x protection against radiation compared to the rest of the habitat, and the EVA suits offer 1x protection compared to the rest of the habitat, the suited astronauts should be protected by 3x the protection of the habitat, and this should be sufficient. The essential personel in the escape pod recieve 2x protection from the bathroom, and 1x protection from the escape pod's hull, and are thus equally protected as the suited astronauts. A good indicator of when the storm has passed are the headsets. When they start working again, that should indicate that the radiation levels have subsided. If this is the case, attempt to re-acquire contact with Mission COntrol. If this is unsucessful, the suited astronauts should conduct an IVA to the interlock, and re-boot EECOM and GUIDO. EECOM should display the radition levels of the habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 HABITAT BETA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 (GENERAL) Procedure: All Astronauts are to immediately move to a non-endangered module, preferably the Interlock, or a module as close to the Interlock as possible, sealing all doors and hatches behind them to minimize the number of endangered modules. Under no circumstances should Astronauts be split into groups except (a) to conduct IVAs/EVAs or (b) when rendered impossible when Astronauts are separated by depressurized or otherwise endangered modules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 (EVACUATION ONLY) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 (ISOLATION) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. All Astronauts must remain in their current modules and under no circumstances are they to move. Astronauts should sit on the floor and avoid any contact with the rest of the hull. The Habitat Commander will enter the Interlock only when cleared to do so by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===4.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 ILLNESS Procedure: Treat the symptoms.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.1 Contagious Illness: At the time a contagious illness is discovered, it is highly probable that all the astronauts have already been infected. Nonetheless, attempt to slow the spread of the disease by isolating the patient as much as possible. Use quarantine procedure P2 56 Use the Hotlab as the isolation chamber if the decontamination field is working.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.2 Life-threatening Illness: If an astronaut is exhibiting life-threatening illness, they must be evacuated. A Beta-class mission abort (P4.63) must be initialized. The habitat is to return to Earth at full speed, burning out the AYSE drive if necessary. Mission control should call EMS such that it arrives just prior to landing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.5 HABITAT CONTAMINANT CONTROL ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.1 Contaminant General: A contaminant is anything degrading the quality of the environment of the Habitat. Usually it is in the form of dangerous chemicals, air-born or liquid. In all cases, avoid direct contact with the contaminant. The Module containing the contaminant should be sealed Evacuated and Sealed P4.21. Mission Control is to run analysis of the situation and locate the source of the problem. Astronauts should expect an IVA request from Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.2 Liquid Contaminant: The Astronauts should suit up for an IVA once cleared by Mission Control All other astronauts should exit to a module not adjacent to the contaminated modules).  They are to seal themselves in said other module. The astronauts in IVAs are then to open the contaminated module. If realistic, a sample of the contaminant should be taken for later study.  The Astronauts should then clean the spill and rectify the situation as directed by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.3 Gaseous Contaminant: If there is a gaseous contaminant, the affected module(s) are to be vented by the Astronauts through the control panel. Once all traces of the contaminant are out of the air and Mission Control confirms, the astronauts are to then re-pressurize the module.  If the astronauts cannot reach the Control Panel, Mission Control may assume these tasks. Before entering a module just cleaned, five minutes should be taken to assure that the gaseous contaminant does not return. If it does, &lt;br /&gt;
an IVA may be needed to fix the source before venting can commence. If there is a liquid contaminant that is producing the gaseous contaminant, IVA suits will be needed clean the Liquid Contaminant P4.52 first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.7 BREAKER PANEL OPERATION=== &lt;br /&gt;
4.7.1 GENERAL: Consult with a Tech Specialist or Tech Director for guidance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.2 RESTORING POWER (single module): Check the habitat GFCI breaker for the affected module. Press the black trip button then the red reset button.  If the habitat GFCI breaker does not trip but the power does not come back on, attempt to determine and remove the cause of the overload. This may include excessive amount of operative electrical devices on one circuit. Contact MC for remote restoration of power at the main breakers.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.3 RESTORING POWER (entire habitat): If the GFCI breakers have not been tripped, follow P4 23 (Beta Isolation) and inform Mission Control of the situation. Mission Control will inform you as to the nature of the emergency and might order P4.32 (Alpha Extreme Hazard Evac). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.4 TERMINATING POWER: If the situation permits, shut down all electronics in the module(s) to be powered down. Then trip the GFCI breaker using the black button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.5 REPETATIVE BREAKER TRIPPING: The circuit is overloaded or potentially damaged. Terminate power to the circuit and remove (unplug) all electronics from the circuit. Follow P4.72 and wait If the breaker trips again, the module is to be sealed for the remainder of the mission. Mission Control may order P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) at the discretion of the Commanders and Tech Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.8 MUTINY &amp;amp; HIJACKING===&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.1 MUTINY/Hijacking: A person, or a group of people, take control of the Habitat. This may be Mutinying Astronauts or Hijackers. Mission Control is to immediately get in contact with the hijackers/mutineer. They must negotiate with these people. Supply their demands: you must get the Mission Commander and the Habitat back to Earth in one piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.2 Mutiny: Try to convince them to stand down. You may have to threaten the mutineers. If the Mission Commander is dead, or segregated, offer to lower oxygen levels in their module.  Attempt to gain complete remote control of the Habitat. Seal off the interlock. Offer to inject radiation into the Habitat. Once returned to Earth, the mutineers are to be taken into custody regardless of what occurs. If absolutely necessary, detonate the Habitat (P4.84) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.3 Hijacking: If another party boards the Habitat, and you cannot negotiate with them. Mission Control is to aid the Astronaut remotely to retake the Habitat by force, if viable. Seal off the Interlock. Gain complete remote control of the Hab. Attempt to vent or depressurize modules with hijackers, if it doesn't affect the astronauts. If in space, deactivate the 3DMI to remove artificial gravity. If the astronauts are dead, follow P4.84. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.4 Habitat Self-Destruction: If there is no way to return the Habitat and/or the Mission Commander and loyal astronauts are dead, activate the self-destruct circuit. Only the Mission Commander on Earth will know the activation code. He is to send it on a coded signal to the AYSE drive, which will seek out the Habitat if separated, autodock, and detonate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.9 INSTRUMENTATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.1: Instrumentation failure, replacement, and general problems &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.2 Instrumentation Failure: If an instrument is broken or not reading correctly, run diagnostics upon it. I fit is software or control panel, consult with Mission Control, the Mission Commander, or someone knowledgeable in the computer system about how to repair. Generally speaking, someone in MC should know how to replace any broken instrument, and they will all have their own replacement procedure. This will be covered during Astronaut and/or Flight Team Training each year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.3 Instrument Replacement: If an instrument cannot be repaired, it should be replaced. Find the spare in the Emergency Repair Kit, and attach it where needed in the same form that the original was attached. Consult Mission Control and your Astronaut or Flight Team Training for replacement of parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T17:51:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 1.4 EECOM */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.3 Signs of disaster: The following EECOM behaviors should be watched for: Decreased O2 levels, increased CO2 levels, increased chem levels- assume that there is a fire. Increased radiation and chem readings, esp. in the longhouse- assume that there is engine trouble, even if the pilot's software informs otherwise. Shut down the engines immediately, and investigate. In any of the above cases, immediately evacuate the affected modules, and confirm the readings with mission control before further action is to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Major Radiation: A major radiation contamination is defined as a contamination that affects more than 3 modules of the habitat. Usuaully, these are caused by celestial phenomenon, such as ionized particle bombardment (ion storms), etc. The EECOM display should provide a warning when such a phenomenon is expected. When such a warning occurs, the three most essential personel should proceed to the escape pod, but DO NOT LAUNCH- if the source of radiation is a celestial phenomenon, launching into it in an escape pod offers no benefits. The other members must don EVA suits. If there is sufficient time before the phenomenon impacts the ship, the three suited astronauts must shut down all electronics (escepting black headsets) and disengage the circuit relays. This is to prevent any damage to electronics that the radiation may cause. The suited astronauts should then proceed to the bathroom, and seal themselves in. Since the bathroom offers 2x protection against radiation compared to the rest of the habitat, and the EVA suits offer 1x protection compared to the rest of the habitat, the suited astronauts should be protected by 3x the protection of the habitat, and this should be sufficient. The essential personel in the escape pod recieve 2x protection from the bathroom, and 1x protection from the escape pod's hull, and are thus equally protected as the suited astronauts. A good indicator of when the storm has passed are the headsets. When they start working again, that should indicate that the radiation levels have subsided. If this is the case, attempt to re-acquire contact with Mission COntrol. If this is unsucessful, the suited astronauts should conduct an IVA to the interlock, and re-boot EECOM and GUIDO. EECOM should display the radition levels of the habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 HABITAT BETA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 (GENERAL) Procedure: All Astronauts are to immediately move to a non-endangered module, preferably the Interlock, or a module as close to the Interlock as possible, sealing all doors and hatches behind them to minimize the number of endangered modules. Under no circumstances should Astronauts be split into groups except (a) to conduct IVAs/EVAs or (b) when rendered impossible when Astronauts are separated by depressurized or otherwise endangered modules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 (EVACUATION ONLY) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 (ISOLATION) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. All Astronauts must remain in their current modules and under no circumstances are they to move. Astronauts should sit on the floor and avoid any contact with the rest of the hull. The Habitat Commander will enter the Interlock only when cleared to do so by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===4.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 ILLNESS Procedure: Treat the symptoms.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.1 Contagious Illness: At the time a contagious illness is discovered, it is highly probable that all the astronauts have already been infected. Nonetheless, attempt to slow the spread of the disease by isolating the patient as much as possible. Use quarantine procedure P2 56 Use the Hotlab as the isolation chamber if the decontamination field is working.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.2 Life-threatening Illness: If an astronaut is exhibiting life-threatening illness, they must be evacuated. A Beta-class mission abort (P4.63) must be initialized. The habitat is to return to Earth at full speed, burning out the AYSE drive if necessary. Mission control should call EMS such that it arrives just prior to landing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.5 HABITAT CONTAMINANT CONTROL ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.1 Contaminant General: A contaminant is anything degrading the quality of the environment of the Habitat. Usually it is in the form of dangerous chemicals, air-born or liquid. In all cases, avoid direct contact with the contaminant. The Module containing the contaminant should be sealed Evacuated and Sealed P4.21. Mission Control is to run analysis of the situation and locate the source of the problem. Astronauts should expect an IVA request from Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.2 Liquid Contaminant: The Astronauts should suit up for an IVA once cleared by Mission Control All other astronauts should exit to a module not adjacent to the contaminated modules).  They are to seal themselves in said other module. The astronauts in IVAs are then to open the contaminated module. If realistic, a sample of the contaminant should be taken for later study.  The Astronauts should then clean the spill and rectify the situation as directed by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.3 Gaseous Contaminant: If there is a gaseous contaminant, the affected module(s) are to be vented by the Astronauts through the control panel. Once all traces of the contaminant are out of the air and Mission Control confirms, the astronauts are to then re-pressurize the module.  If the astronauts cannot reach the Control Panel, Mission Control may assume these tasks. Before entering a module just cleaned, five minutes should be taken to assure that the gaseous contaminant does not return. If it does, &lt;br /&gt;
an IVA may be needed to fix the source before venting can commence. If there is a liquid contaminant that is producing the gaseous contaminant, IVA suits will be needed clean the Liquid Contaminant P4.52 first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.7 BREAKER PANEL OPERATION=== &lt;br /&gt;
4.7.1 GENERAL: Consult with a Tech Specialist or Tech Director for guidance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.2 RESTORING POWER (single module): Check the habitat GFCI breaker for the affected module. Press the black trip button then the red reset button.  If the habitat GFCI breaker does not trip but the power does not come back on, attempt to determine and remove the cause of the overload. This may include excessive amount of operative electrical devices on one circuit. Contact MC for remote restoration of power at the main breakers.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.3 RESTORING POWER (entire habitat): If the GFCI breakers have not been tripped, follow P4 23 (Beta Isolation) and inform Mission Control of the situation. Mission Control will inform you as to the nature of the emergency and might order P4.32 (Alpha Extreme Hazard Evac). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.4 TERMINATING POWER: If the situation permits, shut down all electronics in the module(s) to be powered down. Then trip the GFCI breaker using the black button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.5 REPETATIVE BREAKER TRIPPING: The circuit is overloaded or potentially damaged. Terminate power to the circuit and remove (unplug) all electronics from the circuit. Follow P4.72 and wait If the breaker trips again, the module is to be sealed for the remainder of the mission. Mission Control may order P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) at the discretion of the Commanders and Tech Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.8 MUTINY &amp;amp; HIJACKING===&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.1 MUTINY/Hijacking: A person, or a group of people, take control of the Habitat. This may be Mutinying Astronauts or Hijackers. Mission Control is to immediately get in contact with the hijackers/mutineer. They must negotiate with these people. Supply their demands: you must get the Mission Commander and the Habitat back to Earth in one piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.2 Mutiny: Try to convince them to stand down. You may have to threaten the mutineers. If the Mission Commander is dead, or segregated, offer to lower oxygen levels in their module.  Attempt to gain complete remote control of the Habitat. Seal off the interlock. Offer to inject radiation into the Habitat. Once returned to Earth, the mutineers are to be taken into custody regardless of what occurs. If absolutely necessary, detonate the Habitat (P4.84) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.3 Hijacking: If another party boards the Habitat, and you cannot negotiate with them. Mission Control is to aid the Astronaut remotely to retake the Habitat by force, if viable. Seal off the Interlock. Gain complete remote control of the Hab. Attempt to vent or depressurize modules with hijackers, if it doesn't affect the astronauts. If in space, deactivate the 3DMI to remove artificial gravity. If the astronauts are dead, follow P4.84. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.4 Habitat Self-Destruction: If there is no way to return the Habitat and/or the Mission Commander and loyal astronauts are dead, activate the self-destruct circuit. Only the Mission Commander on Earth will know the activation code. He is to send it on a coded signal to the AYSE drive, which will seek out the Habitat if separated, autodock, and detonate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.9 INSTRUMENTATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.1: Instrumentation failure, replacement, and general problems &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.2 Instrumentation Failure: If an instrument is broken or not reading correctly, run diagnostics upon it. I fit is software or control panel, consult with Mission Control, the Mission Commander, or someone knowledgeable in the computer system about how to repair. Generally speaking, someone in MC should know how to replace any broken instrument, and they will all have their own replacement procedure. This will be covered during Astronaut and/or Flight Team Training each year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.3 Instrument Replacement: If an instrument cannot be repaired, it should be replaced. Find the spare in the Emergency Repair Kit, and attach it where needed in the same form that the original was attached. Consult Mission Control and your Astronaut or Flight Team Training for replacement of parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Talk:Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T17:45:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;I made some major changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-updated CAPCOM procedures, although pending the new names for the systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-distinguished between alpha and beta emergencies (the procedures for the 2 seem to be jumbled together)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-new fire and radiation procedures&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Talk:Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Talk:Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T17:45:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;I made some major changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-updated CAPCOM procedures, although pending the new names for the systems&lt;br /&gt;
-distinguished between alpha and beta emergencies (the procedures for the 2 seem to be jumbled together)&lt;br /&gt;
-new fire and radiation procedures&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T17:43:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Major Radiation: A major radiation contamination is defined as a contamination that affects more than 3 modules of the habitat. Usuaully, these are caused by celestial phenomenon, such as ionized particle bombardment (ion storms), etc. The EECOM display should provide a warning when such a phenomenon is expected. When such a warning occurs, the three most essential personel should proceed to the escape pod, but DO NOT LAUNCH- if the source of radiation is a celestial phenomenon, launching into it in an escape pod offers no benefits. The other members must don EVA suits. If there is sufficient time before the phenomenon impacts the ship, the three suited astronauts must shut down all electronics (escepting black headsets) and disengage the circuit relays. This is to prevent any damage to electronics that the radiation may cause. The suited astronauts should then proceed to the bathroom, and seal themselves in. Since the bathroom offers 2x protection against radiation compared to the rest of the habitat, and the EVA suits offer 1x protection compared to the rest of the habitat, the suited astronauts should be protected by 3x the protection of the habitat, and this should be sufficient. The essential personel in the escape pod recieve 2x protection from the bathroom, and 1x protection from the escape pod's hull, and are thus equally protected as the suited astronauts. A good indicator of when the storm has passed are the headsets. When they start working again, that should indicate that the radiation levels have subsided. If this is the case, attempt to re-acquire contact with Mission COntrol. If this is unsucessful, the suited astronauts should conduct an IVA to the interlock, and re-boot EECOM and GUIDO. EECOM should display the radition levels of the habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 HABITAT BETA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 (GENERAL) Procedure: All Astronauts are to immediately move to a non-endangered module, preferably the Interlock, or a module as close to the Interlock as possible, sealing all doors and hatches behind them to minimize the number of endangered modules. Under no circumstances should Astronauts be split into groups except (a) to conduct IVAs/EVAs or (b) when rendered impossible when Astronauts are separated by depressurized or otherwise endangered modules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 (EVACUATION ONLY) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 (ISOLATION) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. All Astronauts must remain in their current modules and under no circumstances are they to move. Astronauts should sit on the floor and avoid any contact with the rest of the hull. The Habitat Commander will enter the Interlock only when cleared to do so by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===4.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 ILLNESS Procedure: Treat the symptoms.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.1 Contagious Illness: At the time a contagious illness is discovered, it is highly probable that all the astronauts have already been infected. Nonetheless, attempt to slow the spread of the disease by isolating the patient as much as possible. Use quarantine procedure P2 56 Use the Hotlab as the isolation chamber if the decontamination field is working.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.2 Life-threatening Illness: If an astronaut is exhibiting life-threatening illness, they must be evacuated. A Beta-class mission abort (P4.63) must be initialized. The habitat is to return to Earth at full speed, burning out the AYSE drive if necessary. Mission control should call EMS such that it arrives just prior to landing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.5 HABITAT CONTAMINANT CONTROL ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.1 Contaminant General: A contaminant is anything degrading the quality of the environment of the Habitat. Usually it is in the form of dangerous chemicals, air-born or liquid. In all cases, avoid direct contact with the contaminant. The Module containing the contaminant should be sealed Evacuated and Sealed P4.21. Mission Control is to run analysis of the situation and locate the source of the problem. Astronauts should expect an IVA request from Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.2 Liquid Contaminant: The Astronauts should suit up for an IVA once cleared by Mission Control All other astronauts should exit to a module not adjacent to the contaminated modules).  They are to seal themselves in said other module. The astronauts in IVAs are then to open the contaminated module. If realistic, a sample of the contaminant should be taken for later study.  The Astronauts should then clean the spill and rectify the situation as directed by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.3 Gaseous Contaminant: If there is a gaseous contaminant, the affected module(s) are to be vented by the Astronauts through the control panel. Once all traces of the contaminant are out of the air and Mission Control confirms, the astronauts are to then re-pressurize the module.  If the astronauts cannot reach the Control Panel, Mission Control may assume these tasks. Before entering a module just cleaned, five minutes should be taken to assure that the gaseous contaminant does not return. If it does, &lt;br /&gt;
an IVA may be needed to fix the source before venting can commence. If there is a liquid contaminant that is producing the gaseous contaminant, IVA suits will be needed clean the Liquid Contaminant P4.52 first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.7 BREAKER PANEL OPERATION=== &lt;br /&gt;
4.7.1 GENERAL: Consult with a Tech Specialist or Tech Director for guidance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.2 RESTORING POWER (single module): Check the habitat GFCI breaker for the affected module. Press the black trip button then the red reset button.  If the habitat GFCI breaker does not trip but the power does not come back on, attempt to determine and remove the cause of the overload. This may include excessive amount of operative electrical devices on one circuit. Contact MC for remote restoration of power at the main breakers.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.3 RESTORING POWER (entire habitat): If the GFCI breakers have not been tripped, follow P4 23 (Beta Isolation) and inform Mission Control of the situation. Mission Control will inform you as to the nature of the emergency and might order P4.32 (Alpha Extreme Hazard Evac). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.4 TERMINATING POWER: If the situation permits, shut down all electronics in the module(s) to be powered down. Then trip the GFCI breaker using the black button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.5 REPETATIVE BREAKER TRIPPING: The circuit is overloaded or potentially damaged. Terminate power to the circuit and remove (unplug) all electronics from the circuit. Follow P4.72 and wait If the breaker trips again, the module is to be sealed for the remainder of the mission. Mission Control may order P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) at the discretion of the Commanders and Tech Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.8 MUTINY &amp;amp; HIJACKING===&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.1 MUTINY/Hijacking: A person, or a group of people, take control of the Habitat. This may be Mutinying Astronauts or Hijackers. Mission Control is to immediately get in contact with the hijackers/mutineer. They must negotiate with these people. Supply their demands: you must get the Mission Commander and the Habitat back to Earth in one piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.2 Mutiny: Try to convince them to stand down. You may have to threaten the mutineers. If the Mission Commander is dead, or segregated, offer to lower oxygen levels in their module.  Attempt to gain complete remote control of the Habitat. Seal off the interlock. Offer to inject radiation into the Habitat. Once returned to Earth, the mutineers are to be taken into custody regardless of what occurs. If absolutely necessary, detonate the Habitat (P4.84) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.3 Hijacking: If another party boards the Habitat, and you cannot negotiate with them. Mission Control is to aid the Astronaut remotely to retake the Habitat by force, if viable. Seal off the Interlock. Gain complete remote control of the Hab. Attempt to vent or depressurize modules with hijackers, if it doesn't affect the astronauts. If in space, deactivate the 3DMI to remove artificial gravity. If the astronauts are dead, follow P4.84. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.4 Habitat Self-Destruction: If there is no way to return the Habitat and/or the Mission Commander and loyal astronauts are dead, activate the self-destruct circuit. Only the Mission Commander on Earth will know the activation code. He is to send it on a coded signal to the AYSE drive, which will seek out the Habitat if separated, autodock, and detonate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.9 INSTRUMENTATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.1: Instrumentation failure, replacement, and general problems &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.2 Instrumentation Failure: If an instrument is broken or not reading correctly, run diagnostics upon it. I fit is software or control panel, consult with Mission Control, the Mission Commander, or someone knowledgeable in the computer system about how to repair. Generally speaking, someone in MC should know how to replace any broken instrument, and they will all have their own replacement procedure. This will be covered during Astronaut and/or Flight Team Training each year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.3 Instrument Replacement: If an instrument cannot be repaired, it should be replaced. Find the spare in the Emergency Repair Kit, and attach it where needed in the same form that the original was attached. Consult Mission Control and your Astronaut or Flight Team Training for replacement of parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T16:56:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures (Beta procedures)==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: A minor fire is one that is contained to one module only, and is not spreading at a major noticable rate from module to module. Evacuate the afflicted module completely, sealing all bulkheads and doors. Shut off power to the affected module, in case the fire is an electrical one. Attempt to vent the affected module to deprive the fire of oxygen. Do this from the interlock, or mission control, if the interlock is rendered inaccessable. To test if the fire is still burning, partially repressurize the module, and observe if the O2 levels decrease, and CO2 levels increase. A chem. reading is also a good indicator of a fire. If venting is unsucessful, assume that the fire has another means of oxidization besides the atmosphere (ruptured O2 lines, etc). If these remote procedures fail, then an IVA must be performed to extinguish the fire, and determine its cause. Excersise extreme caution during IVA- watch for any loose wires, sparks, or hissing sounds from ruptured pipes. If any potential fire sources are noted, attempt to repair. Use a fire extinguisher to extinguish any visible flames. After the fire has been extinguished, evacuate the module, and test again if the fire is still burning. If the fire appears to be out, re-pressurive the module, and wait 4 minutes to insure that the fire will not re-commence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Major Fire: If the fire seems to spread quickly from module to module (a module within 30s-90s), assume that the fire is too big, or spreading too rapidly to effectively extinguish by yourselves. Immediately inform mission control of the situation, and follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Minor Radiation: A radiation contamination is defined as minor if the high radiation levels are confined to one or two modules. This generally means that the source of radiation is internal, ie a radiation leak in one of the modules only. Immediately evacuate the module of all personel, sealing all the doors. Treat any exposed personel accordingly *MARKER*. Immediately shut down all power to the affected modules, in case the source of the radiation is an electronic device. If this does not lower the radiation levels, attempt to shut down the hab and AYSE drives by any means possible, as they may be the source of radiation. If no change is noticed after 4 minutes, conduct an IVA to investigate the affected module. Note any possible sources of radiation, and attempt to repair. If this fails, P4.21 (General Beta Evac) may be advised if the problem persists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 HABITAT BETA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 (GENERAL) Procedure: All Astronauts are to immediately move to a non-endangered module, preferably the Interlock, or a module as close to the Interlock as possible, sealing all doors and hatches behind them to minimize the number of endangered modules. Under no circumstances should Astronauts be split into groups except (a) to conduct IVAs/EVAs or (b) when rendered impossible when Astronauts are separated by depressurized or otherwise endangered modules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 (EVACUATION ONLY) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 (ISOLATION) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. All Astronauts must remain in their current modules and under no circumstances are they to move. Astronauts should sit on the floor and avoid any contact with the rest of the hull. The Habitat Commander will enter the Interlock only when cleared to do so by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===4.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 ILLNESS Procedure: Treat the symptoms.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.1 Contagious Illness: At the time a contagious illness is discovered, it is highly probable that all the astronauts have already been infected. Nonetheless, attempt to slow the spread of the disease by isolating the patient as much as possible. Use quarantine procedure P2 56 Use the Hotlab as the isolation chamber if the decontamination field is working.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.2 Life-threatening Illness: If an astronaut is exhibiting life-threatening illness, they must be evacuated. A Beta-class mission abort (P4.63) must be initialized. The habitat is to return to Earth at full speed, burning out the AYSE drive if necessary. Mission control should call EMS such that it arrives just prior to landing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.5 HABITAT CONTAMINANT CONTROL ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.1 Contaminant General: A contaminant is anything degrading the quality of the environment of the Habitat. Usually it is in the form of dangerous chemicals, air-born or liquid. In all cases, avoid direct contact with the contaminant. The Module containing the contaminant should be sealed Evacuated and Sealed P4.21. Mission Control is to run analysis of the situation and locate the source of the problem. Astronauts should expect an IVA request from Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.2 Liquid Contaminant: The Astronauts should suit up for an IVA once cleared by Mission Control All other astronauts should exit to a module not adjacent to the contaminated modules).  They are to seal themselves in said other module. The astronauts in IVAs are then to open the contaminated module. If realistic, a sample of the contaminant should be taken for later study.  The Astronauts should then clean the spill and rectify the situation as directed by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.3 Gaseous Contaminant: If there is a gaseous contaminant, the affected module(s) are to be vented by the Astronauts through the control panel. Once all traces of the contaminant are out of the air and Mission Control confirms, the astronauts are to then re-pressurize the module.  If the astronauts cannot reach the Control Panel, Mission Control may assume these tasks. Before entering a module just cleaned, five minutes should be taken to assure that the gaseous contaminant does not return. If it does, &lt;br /&gt;
an IVA may be needed to fix the source before venting can commence. If there is a liquid contaminant that is producing the gaseous contaminant, IVA suits will be needed clean the Liquid Contaminant P4.52 first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.7 BREAKER PANEL OPERATION=== &lt;br /&gt;
4.7.1 GENERAL: Consult with a Tech Specialist or Tech Director for guidance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.2 RESTORING POWER (single module): Check the habitat GFCI breaker for the affected module. Press the black trip button then the red reset button.  If the habitat GFCI breaker does not trip but the power does not come back on, attempt to determine and remove the cause of the overload. This may include excessive amount of operative electrical devices on one circuit. Contact MC for remote restoration of power at the main breakers.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.3 RESTORING POWER (entire habitat): If the GFCI breakers have not been tripped, follow P4 23 (Beta Isolation) and inform Mission Control of the situation. Mission Control will inform you as to the nature of the emergency and might order P4.32 (Alpha Extreme Hazard Evac). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.4 TERMINATING POWER: If the situation permits, shut down all electronics in the module(s) to be powered down. Then trip the GFCI breaker using the black button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.5 REPETATIVE BREAKER TRIPPING: The circuit is overloaded or potentially damaged. Terminate power to the circuit and remove (unplug) all electronics from the circuit. Follow P4.72 and wait If the breaker trips again, the module is to be sealed for the remainder of the mission. Mission Control may order P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) at the discretion of the Commanders and Tech Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.8 MUTINY &amp;amp; HIJACKING===&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.1 MUTINY/Hijacking: A person, or a group of people, take control of the Habitat. This may be Mutinying Astronauts or Hijackers. Mission Control is to immediately get in contact with the hijackers/mutineer. They must negotiate with these people. Supply their demands: you must get the Mission Commander and the Habitat back to Earth in one piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.2 Mutiny: Try to convince them to stand down. You may have to threaten the mutineers. If the Mission Commander is dead, or segregated, offer to lower oxygen levels in their module.  Attempt to gain complete remote control of the Habitat. Seal off the interlock. Offer to inject radiation into the Habitat. Once returned to Earth, the mutineers are to be taken into custody regardless of what occurs. If absolutely necessary, detonate the Habitat (P4.84) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.3 Hijacking: If another party boards the Habitat, and you cannot negotiate with them. Mission Control is to aid the Astronaut remotely to retake the Habitat by force, if viable. Seal off the Interlock. Gain complete remote control of the Hab. Attempt to vent or depressurize modules with hijackers, if it doesn't affect the astronauts. If in space, deactivate the 3DMI to remove artificial gravity. If the astronauts are dead, follow P4.84. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.4 Habitat Self-Destruction: If there is no way to return the Habitat and/or the Mission Commander and loyal astronauts are dead, activate the self-destruct circuit. Only the Mission Commander on Earth will know the activation code. He is to send it on a coded signal to the AYSE drive, which will seek out the Habitat if separated, autodock, and detonate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.9 INSTRUMENTATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.1: Instrumentation failure, replacement, and general problems &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.2 Instrumentation Failure: If an instrument is broken or not reading correctly, run diagnostics upon it. I fit is software or control panel, consult with Mission Control, the Mission Commander, or someone knowledgeable in the computer system about how to repair. Generally speaking, someone in MC should know how to replace any broken instrument, and they will all have their own replacement procedure. This will be covered during Astronaut and/or Flight Team Training each year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.3 Instrument Replacement: If an instrument cannot be repaired, it should be replaced. Find the spare in the Emergency Repair Kit, and attach it where needed in the same form that the original was attached. Consult Mission Control and your Astronaut or Flight Team Training for replacement of parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T16:38:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: Follow P4.1 (Habitat Fire Control), followed by P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) if deemed necessary by the Habitat Commander. 3.2.2 Major Fire: Follow P4.34 (Alpha Evac and Sealing) if reasonable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Radiation: Follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 HABITAT BETA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 (GENERAL) Procedure: All Astronauts are to immediately move to a non-endangered module, preferably the Interlock, or a module as close to the Interlock as possible, sealing all doors and hatches behind them to minimize the number of endangered modules. Under no circumstances should Astronauts be split into groups except (a) to conduct IVAs/EVAs or (b) when rendered impossible when Astronauts are separated by depressurized or otherwise endangered modules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 (EVACUATION ONLY) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 (ISOLATION) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. All Astronauts must remain in their current modules and under no circumstances are they to move. Astronauts should sit on the floor and avoid any contact with the rest of the hull. The Habitat Commander will enter the Interlock only when cleared to do so by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===4.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 ILLNESS Procedure: Treat the symptoms.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.1 Contagious Illness: At the time a contagious illness is discovered, it is highly probable that all the astronauts have already been infected. Nonetheless, attempt to slow the spread of the disease by isolating the patient as much as possible. Use quarantine procedure P2 56 Use the Hotlab as the isolation chamber if the decontamination field is working.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.2 Life-threatening Illness: If an astronaut is exhibiting life-threatening illness, they must be evacuated. A Beta-class mission abort (P4.63) must be initialized. The habitat is to return to Earth at full speed, burning out the AYSE drive if necessary. Mission control should call EMS such that it arrives just prior to landing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.5 HABITAT CONTAMINANT CONTROL ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.1 Contaminant General: A contaminant is anything degrading the quality of the environment of the Habitat. Usually it is in the form of dangerous chemicals, air-born or liquid. In all cases, avoid direct contact with the contaminant. The Module containing the contaminant should be sealed Evacuated and Sealed P4.21. Mission Control is to run analysis of the situation and locate the source of the problem. Astronauts should expect an IVA request from Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.2 Liquid Contaminant: The Astronauts should suit up for an IVA once cleared by Mission Control All other astronauts should exit to a module not adjacent to the contaminated modules).  They are to seal themselves in said other module. The astronauts in IVAs are then to open the contaminated module. If realistic, a sample of the contaminant should be taken for later study.  The Astronauts should then clean the spill and rectify the situation as directed by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.3 Gaseous Contaminant: If there is a gaseous contaminant, the affected module(s) are to be vented by the Astronauts through the control panel. Once all traces of the contaminant are out of the air and Mission Control confirms, the astronauts are to then re-pressurize the module.  If the astronauts cannot reach the Control Panel, Mission Control may assume these tasks. Before entering a module just cleaned, five minutes should be taken to assure that the gaseous contaminant does not return. If it does, &lt;br /&gt;
an IVA may be needed to fix the source before venting can commence. If there is a liquid contaminant that is producing the gaseous contaminant, IVA suits will be needed clean the Liquid Contaminant P4.52 first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.7 BREAKER PANEL OPERATION=== &lt;br /&gt;
4.7.1 GENERAL: Consult with a Tech Specialist or Tech Director for guidance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.2 RESTORING POWER (single module): Check the habitat GFCI breaker for the affected module. Press the black trip button then the red reset button.  If the habitat GFCI breaker does not trip but the power does not come back on, attempt to determine and remove the cause of the overload. This may include excessive amount of operative electrical devices on one circuit. Contact MC for remote restoration of power at the main breakers.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.3 RESTORING POWER (entire habitat): If the GFCI breakers have not been tripped, follow P4 23 (Beta Isolation) and inform Mission Control of the situation. Mission Control will inform you as to the nature of the emergency and might order P4.32 (Alpha Extreme Hazard Evac). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.4 TERMINATING POWER: If the situation permits, shut down all electronics in the module(s) to be powered down. Then trip the GFCI breaker using the black button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.5 REPETATIVE BREAKER TRIPPING: The circuit is overloaded or potentially damaged. Terminate power to the circuit and remove (unplug) all electronics from the circuit. Follow P4.72 and wait If the breaker trips again, the module is to be sealed for the remainder of the mission. Mission Control may order P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) at the discretion of the Commanders and Tech Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.8 MUTINY &amp;amp; HIJACKING===&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.1 MUTINY/Hijacking: A person, or a group of people, take control of the Habitat. This may be Mutinying Astronauts or Hijackers. Mission Control is to immediately get in contact with the hijackers/mutineer. They must negotiate with these people. Supply their demands: you must get the Mission Commander and the Habitat back to Earth in one piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.2 Mutiny: Try to convince them to stand down. You may have to threaten the mutineers. If the Mission Commander is dead, or segregated, offer to lower oxygen levels in their module.  Attempt to gain complete remote control of the Habitat. Seal off the interlock. Offer to inject radiation into the Habitat. Once returned to Earth, the mutineers are to be taken into custody regardless of what occurs. If absolutely necessary, detonate the Habitat (P4.84) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.3 Hijacking: If another party boards the Habitat, and you cannot negotiate with them. Mission Control is to aid the Astronaut remotely to retake the Habitat by force, if viable. Seal off the Interlock. Gain complete remote control of the Hab. Attempt to vent or depressurize modules with hijackers, if it doesn't affect the astronauts. If in space, deactivate the 3DMI to remove artificial gravity. If the astronauts are dead, follow P4.84. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.4 Habitat Self-Destruction: If there is no way to return the Habitat and/or the Mission Commander and loyal astronauts are dead, activate the self-destruct circuit. Only the Mission Commander on Earth will know the activation code. He is to send it on a coded signal to the AYSE drive, which will seek out the Habitat if separated, autodock, and detonate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.9 INSTRUMENTATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.1: Instrumentation failure, replacement, and general problems &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.2 Instrumentation Failure: If an instrument is broken or not reading correctly, run diagnostics upon it. I fit is software or control panel, consult with Mission Control, the Mission Commander, or someone knowledgeable in the computer system about how to repair. Generally speaking, someone in MC should know how to replace any broken instrument, and they will all have their own replacement procedure. This will be covered during Astronaut and/or Flight Team Training each year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.3 Instrument Replacement: If an instrument cannot be repaired, it should be replaced. Find the spare in the Emergency Repair Kit, and attach it where needed in the same form that the original was attached. Consult Mission Control and your Astronaut or Flight Team Training for replacement of parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Main_Page</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Main_Page"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T16:32:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Welcome to the Ottawa Carleton Educational Space Simulation Wiki!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commonly known as Spacesim, the OCESS is a non-profit organisation dedicated to learning and teaching about Space, Space Science, and Space Exploration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Wiki is designed to replace the Big Book of Sim (BBoS) which was an endeavour to capture the history of Spacesim in an easily readable format. By using the wiki system we hope to encourage alumni of Spacesim to drop in and give their two cents' worth on Sim History and Sim Lore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Wiki is still in the early stages of developement, but bear with us and this project will be up and running in no-time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Thanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stefan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The OCESS Web &amp;amp; Wikimaster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Starting Points==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[OCE_Space_Simulation:Community_Portal| The community portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Todo|Wiki To do List]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Habitat|The Habitat]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Mission Control|Mission Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Helpful Things===&lt;br /&gt;
Why not check out TheKillerRabbit and Stefanido's (aka Nevin and Stefan's) [[Style Guide|Guide to Proper Editing]]. All Sysops are invited to add to the [[Style Guide]]. Watch this space for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you haven't already, check out our website at [http://www.spacesim.org www.spacesim.org] and sign up for our forum at [http://www.forums.spacesim.org www.spacesim.org]. Visit [http://www.Lisgar.ca Lisgar's website] to learn more about other clubs at [[Lisgar]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Current events]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Announcements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Contact]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[OCE Space Simulation:Community Portal]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)</id>
		<title>Document Usage (procedures)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Document_Usage_(procedures)"/>
				<updated>2006-04-01T05:01:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* 3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;OCESS Procedure Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==0.0 GUIDE AND DEFINITIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
===0.1 GENERAL GUIDE ===&lt;br /&gt;
0.1.1 General This manual may be used for both training and in-mission reference, although it is primarily designed for pre-mission training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===0.2 DEFINITIONS=== &lt;br /&gt;
0.2.1 Alpha-class emergency: An incident outside of the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.2 Beta-class emergency: An incident within the parameters of the Simulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.3 AYSE Drive: The power and engine unit that the Habitat docks with for interplanetary travel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=0.2.4 Mission Control: The Launch and Flight Operations control centre of the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.5 Habitat: The Hawking II, planetary transit and habitation vehicle used by the OCESS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.6 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of space walks and surface excursions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.7 IVA: Intra-Vehicular Activity, consisting of moving around the interior of the Habitat in full EVA equipment. This is generally rendered necessary by environmental leaks or depressurization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0.2.8 TCS: The Tachyon Communication System, our faster-than-light communication system; it does not need relays (i.e. TDRS satellites) due to its fundamental nature. Is composed of the TCU (Tachyon Control Unit) and TCER (Tachyon Control Emission and Reception) which are the Habitat and Mission Control devices, respectively. Tachyon collector dishes are used for reception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==1.0 Mission Control Staffing ==&lt;br /&gt;
1.0.1 Note: Although the Astronauts will not have this staffing structure, they will be completing many of the same functions. The descriptions of these functions will not be repeated for the Habitat crew, but will be detailed in the Astronauts' PCAP schedules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 FLIGHT ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 The Flight Director is responsible for all launch-time and flight-time operations and is in charge of Mission Control during all scheduled tasks and emergencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Standard Flight Procedure: Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to use his or her headset to communicate directly with the Astronauts during normal Mission Control operations. Only in the event of the CapCom officer having technical difficulty or being disabled such that he cannot speak should Flight speak to the astronauts. Finally, Flight may speak to the astronauts if in an emergency where direct clarity of the requested order is needed. All communication is the responsibility of INCO and CapCom. The Flight Director can order timetable changes, command EVA operations, authorize recommendations by other station officers, etc. However, the Flight Director's authority is overridden by direct government or OCESS Command orders issued to the Habitat Commander whenever his/her orders conflict directly with government's/Command's orders (see P5.3.1). Under no circumstances is the Flight Director to leave Mission Control during his/her shift. Whether an emergency is occurring or not, they must remain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3 Emergency Procedure: The Flight Director is responsible for dealing with all Beta-class Emergencies and is fully within his or her authority to order a mission abort. The Mission Control Commander and Habitat Commander become responsible for dealing with all Alpha-class emergencies in Mission Control and the Habitat, respectively, overriding the authority of the Flight Director.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.1 Acting Mission Commander: During EVAs when the astronaut mission commander is out on an EVA, a senior astronaut must be designated as acting mission commander for the duration of the mission commander’s EVA.  The acting mission commander must remain in the habitat until relieved by the mission commander.  The acting mission commander assumes all of the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the mission commander until relieved by the mission commander’s return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.3.2 Real fire emergencies: follow P4.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 CAPCOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 The Capsule Communications Officer is responsible for all primary voice communication with the Habitat, as well as all inter-camera systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: Under normal Mission Control operations, the Capsule Communications Officer communicates all information relayed from other stations, including the Flight Director, to the Habitat CapCom. Under no circumstances is the CapCom to make independent decisions concerning launch or flight operations. The CapCom also relays the astronauts' current jobs to the Habitat at the beginning of each scheduled shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.3 Communications Protocols: Whenever possible, the CapCom is to use the following expressions in communications with the Habitat CapCom:&lt;br /&gt;
Roger / Copy: Acknowledged. &lt;br /&gt;
Affirmative: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
Negative: No.&lt;br /&gt;
Alpha Evacuation: Full Habitat evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Beta Evacuation: Modular evacuation.&lt;br /&gt;
Over: Message finished.&lt;br /&gt;
Over and Out: Communications finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.4 Camera Protocols: The CapCom Officer is to change the Camera Monitors (Televisions) to display appropriate video feeds according to the direction of the Habitat Commander and Flight Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.5 Camera Controls: The Camera Control Interface shows several names in two columns. The names with the red dots beside them represent Camera Monitors. To change the video feed, double click the appropriate Camera Monitor icon, switch to the &amp;quot;Video/Audio&amp;quot; menu, and change &amp;quot;Video on idle&amp;quot; to the appropriate video feed from the drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 INCO===&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.1 The Instrumentation and Communications Officer is responsible for all computer-based (secondary) communications with the Habitat, as well as the TCS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The INC Officer is to constantly monitor and maintain all primary and secondary communications between Mission Control and the Habitat: AuxCom, and CapCom (TCS). This officer is also responsible for logging all significant mission events and maintaining and changing pressure in the primary airlock during docking procedures and EVAs. In all emergencies, AuxCom must be monitored closely, as CapCom could lose contact without warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.3 Logging Procedure: All Log entries must have the current Mission Time appended to their entries. All CapCom messages, Experiment data, mission status changes, and Habitat status changes must be logged. In short, the INCO shall log all direct messages. The INCO should also be prepared to access prior entries if requested by other Mission Control or Habitat staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.3.4 Communication Broadcast Procedures: The INCO is to manipulate the stereo and aerial combo so that Radio (TCS) communtications with the Habitat are broadcast throughout Mission Control. The Flight Director will direct the INCO to turn on the Receiver Module, the stereo, and to switch the input on the stereo to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 EECOM===&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.1 The Electrical and Environmental Command Console Officer is responsible for the maintenance of the lifeblood characteristics of the Habitat - electricity, LOX, LN2, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.4.2 Standard Flight and Emergency Procedure: The EECOM officer is to monitor Habitat electrical systems, pressure, gas balance, OX, N2, CO2, dust, and biohazardous particles etc. Should any alarming change occur, the EECOM is to notify the Flight Director in order for the FD to make a decision regarding the change. The EECOM is responsible for then instituting remote changes to the Habitat systems as instructed by the Flight Director. He/She is not to make any changes without prior authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.5 GUIDO ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.5.1 The Guidance Officer is responsible for all gravitational, orbital and environmental effects on the trajectory of the AYSE Drive and Habitat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;to be removed when &amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; is completed&amp;gt; &amp;lt;&amp;quot;Orbit for Simmies&amp;quot; publication (and writing) pending&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.2 Shuttle Docking====&lt;br /&gt;
All docking procedures are shuttle operation procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) ID (Inertial Dampers) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
3) AG (Artificial Gravity) set to OFF&lt;br /&gt;
4) DH (Docking Hatch) is CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
5) DHL (Docking Hatch Lock) set to LOCKED and DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
6) Wait until Shuttle confirms that docking is complete&lt;br /&gt;
7) DHL set to ARMED then UNLOCKED&lt;br /&gt;
8) DH set to OPEN&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.3 Shuttle Undocking====&lt;br /&gt;
All undocking procedures are shuttle procedures except:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to display Habitat Docking Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) DH set to CLOSED&lt;br /&gt;
3) DHL set to LOCKED then DISARMED&lt;br /&gt;
4) If departing from Shuttle, wait until MC confirms that Shuttle undocking is complete and minimum standoff distance attained.&lt;br /&gt;
5) AG set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
6) ID set to ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.4 Trajectory Setting Procedure and Escape Burn====&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.1 Rendezvous with AYSE Drive Unit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Goto P1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems to ensure that the habitat drive system is nominally functional.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) Choose Target as the current planet you are orbiting (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
5) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
6) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7) If SHUTTLE undocking has just been completed, Hold further steps until ground control confirms that the shuttle has completed the de-orbit burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep Status set to CENTRE at all times to avoid inadvertent redirecting of the AYSE drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8) Apply 3 m/s/s thrust for the required time (consult mission control)&lt;br /&gt;
9) D to targ value should stop increasing at near the correct altitude for rendezvous.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Apply 2-5 m/s/s thrust until Vo ref equals Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Activate the AYSE DOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Wait until docking is complete and Auto Docking indicator shows GREEN.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Lock and Disarm the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.5.4.2 Departure from Orbit=====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the destination planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
5) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Goto P1.5.12 to check status of AYSE Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
7) Examine the image and the Target Vector (grey) and the relative position of Earth and the AYSE drive to see if the Earth is masking the Target.  If the Target is masked proceed to section A, if not proceed to B.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A)&lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Check that orientation vector (red) is perpendicular to direction to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 20.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
12) Power down engine to stop (BckSp key) &lt;br /&gt;
13) Proceed to section B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) &lt;br /&gt;
14) Press F3 for automatic approach to target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
15) Check AYSE status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
16) Check that orientation vector (red) matches the target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
17) Power up engine (Shift ]) to 50.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
18) Check AYSE status lights at 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
19)  Power up engines to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
20) Check that the velocity vector (green) approaches then is superimposed over target vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.5 Passive Thermal Control ====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 to AYSE Drive Systems. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Set Thermal Control Measures to ON.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Ensure that Status light shows green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.6 Rate Control====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Monitor Acceleration to Target (A to targ) value periodically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
     A to targ value must NEVER exceed 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When A to targ reaches 190.0 m/s/s:&lt;br /&gt;
a) stop engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
b) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
c) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
       (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
d) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
e) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Check that orientation vector (red) is opposite from target vector (grey).&lt;br /&gt;
5) Check reactor, engine, AG, and ID status lights.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Power up engine to 200.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
7) Hold maximum engine thrust until A to targ shows 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
8) Adjust engine thrust ([ and ] keys) until A to targ stabilizes at 190.0 m/s/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9) Monitor A to targ value periodically to ensure that it is stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) Monitor velocity vector (green) and target vector (grey) periodically to ensure that they are superimposed.   If the AYSE drive is coming out of alignment, do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation control&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation vector slightly in the opposite direction from the deviation of the velocity vector:  One key click is a one degree change.  5 degrees should be sufficient for most purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
Home key for clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
PgUp key for counter clockwise rotation&lt;br /&gt;
c) Adjust the thrust up (] key) to maintain the A to targ value at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
d) When the velocity vector is satisfactory, press F4 for automatic depart from ref.&lt;br /&gt;
e) Adjust the thrust ([ and ] keys) to stabilize A to targ at 190.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) As you get to within a few million kilometres of the target, increase thrust to reduce A to targ to give yourself a better margin of safety then reduce thrust to stabilize it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.7 Orbital Insertion from Approach====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press “v” to display target approach velocity vector on the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the same as TARGET for orbital maneuvers &lt;br /&gt;
          (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose target as centre view point object (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Adjust the approach velocity vector to approach the target slightly to the right side (for a ccw orbit).&lt;br /&gt;
a) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
b) rotate the orientation of the AYSE drive to alter the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
c) manually re-orient the AYSE drive in the opposite direction to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) The A to targ value will now read a bit low and will become more inaccurate the closer you get to the target since you are no longer moving directly towards it.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Your goal is adjust thrust  to slow the Vhab-ref to the Vo ref velocity by the time your approach velocity vector is perpendicular to the direction to the target.  When this is achieved:&lt;br /&gt;
i) stop the engine (BckSp key)&lt;br /&gt;
            ii) You are now in orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Ensure that the Reference object is the same as the target.  &lt;br /&gt;
8) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.8 Orbital Maneuvering====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference object to the current planet (press appropriate key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F2 for automatic orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) To decrease orbital distance, briefly fire the reverse engine (press [ key then BckSp key to stop).  This will lower the height of the orbit on the other side of the orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the low point of the orbit, set –2 to -5 m/s/s thrust to reduce Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) a) To increase orbital distance, briefly fire the forward engine (press ] key then BckSp key to stop).  This will increase the height of the orbit on the other side of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
     b) When at the high point of the orbit, set 2 to 5 m/s/s thrust to increase Vhab-ref to Vo ref&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.9 Landing Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) a) Select Status: TARGET (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
    b) Choose Target as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
2) a) Select Status: REFERENCE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose Reference for orbital maneuvers as current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
3) a) Select Status: CENTRE (toggle TAB key)&lt;br /&gt;
     b) choose centre view point as the current planet (press key from Table 1.5.A)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Magnify image (+ - keys) to see the current planet clearly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) Toggle F5 to bring up the AYSE docking systems control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Arm and Unlock the AYSE docking latches.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Activate the AYSE UNDOCKING process.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Wait until undocking is complete and the Auto Docking status shows RED.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Set Thermal Control Measures to OFF.&lt;br /&gt;
10) Press _v_ key to activate the approach velocity vector if not done already.&lt;br /&gt;
11) Fire the reverse engine (use a low thrust setting (-1 to -5 m/s/s) until the approach velocity vector points directly towards the centre of the target.&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
13) Press F1 for manual orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
14) Increase thrust (regular thrust (positive) not reverse thrust) using ] key until the A to targ matches the engine thrust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15) Increase engine thrust to slow Vhab-ref speed to something appropriate (a value of about 10% of the distance value (D to targ) may work).&lt;br /&gt;
16) Reduce thrust to match A to targ value.&lt;br /&gt;
17) If the landing is taking too long, adjust thrust to increase Vhab-ref, but this make it harder to stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If A-targ value exceed 50 m/s/s then: &lt;br /&gt;
  @ Low Altitude: maintain maximum thrust and brace for hard landing&lt;br /&gt;
   @ High Altitude: Initiate Landing Abort Procedure P1.5.13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18) If the approach velocity vector starts to point away from the centre of the target, rotate the AYSE drive slightly in the opposite direction to correct it then re-adjust the orientation to stabilize the approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
19) As you get closer to the target, gravity will increase the A to targ value and you must increase thrust to match it.&lt;br /&gt;
20) As you get closer to the planet, use increased thrust to slow down and readjust thrust to match A to targ.&lt;br /&gt;
21) When distance reads 0.00, stop engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.10 Planetary Launch Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Follow procedures in 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 steps 1 to 5&lt;br /&gt;
2) Select the current planet as reference and target object (see section 1.5.4)	&lt;br /&gt;
3) Press F4 for automatic depart from target orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
4) press _v_ to activate approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Increase thrust to exceed local gravity by at least 1 m/s/s and AYSE drive will lift off.&lt;br /&gt;
6) Adjust thrust to maintain the desired lift-off speed.&lt;br /&gt;
7) Press F1 for manual orientation control.&lt;br /&gt;
8) Gradually rotate the AYSE drive counter-clockwise until the orientation is perpendicular to the direction back to the planet.&lt;br /&gt;
9) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10) If the approach velocity vector is pointing away from the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F3 for automatic approach to targ orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11) If the approach velocity vector is pointing towards the planet:	&lt;br /&gt;
press F4 for automatic depart from ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
Use slight thrust to restore correct approach velocity vector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12) Press F2 to restore automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13) If Vhab-ref is less than Vo ref, use positive thrust to increase Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
        If Vhab-ref is more than Vo ref, use reverse thrust to decrease Vhab-ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14) Stop engines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.11 Habitat Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for Habitat Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check automatic REACTOR SYSTEMS show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
3) Check that all ION DRIVE status lights show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
b) IONIZING VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
c) ACCELERATION VOLTAGE&lt;br /&gt;
e) CHARGE BALANCE&lt;br /&gt;
f) TEMPERATURE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.12 AYSE Drive Systems====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Toggle F5 for AYSE Drive Systems.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Check that the following systems show GREEN&lt;br /&gt;
a) TTC&lt;br /&gt;
b) GPDs&lt;br /&gt;
c) Generator Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
d) Systems Temperature&lt;br /&gt;
e) Battery Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.5.13 High Altitude Landing Abort====&lt;br /&gt;
1) Press F2 for automatic ccw orbit ref orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Press F1 for manual orientation&lt;br /&gt;
3) Re-orient the habitat slightly towards the planet to help build up speed &lt;br /&gt;
     (The orientation should clear the planet)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Apply maximum thrust until insertion to orbit looks possible.&lt;br /&gt;
5) Go to P1.5.10 steps 6 and on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;end of projected procedure removal&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2.0 Habitat General Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 EVA ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 EVA: Extra-Vehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, which is able to withstand the near-vacuum of space, the heat of solar wind (resistant to ionizing plasma charges of roughly 13,000V), radiation (reduction factor of the EVA suits is approximately 1:10,000), and most other hostile conditions. Defeating the suit's protection while in a near-vacuum environment can result in skin burns, internal burns, blindness, sterility, leprosy, and/or death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 EVA suit preparation: Astronauts will need assistance in putting on the EVA suits. They should first take off as much unnecessary clothing as possible. Any supplies or equipment on their persons should be transferred to the EVA suits. They must first put on any inner layer the EVA suits may have. Then the full body suit should go over top. Turn on the main power. Insert any cooling packs and activate any fans. Close the outer suit layer with clips or clamps (if applicable), covering over sealing points with Velcro flaps. Ensure that there are no leaks. Place the boots over the astronauts' feet, and seal them as tightly as possible into the legs, clamping them in place (if applicable.) Use duct tape if necessary. Repeat this with the gloves. Duct tape should be limited to once around, as excessive use can slow de-suiting. Attach any equipment the astronauts will need to the outside of the suits. Standard equipment is as follows: flashlight, duct tape, sample containment box, and headset. Attach the headset to the EVA suit, and turn it onto voice activation (VOX) mode. If necessary, use hair clips or duct tape to attach the headset firmly onto the astronaut's head. Finally, after receiving the final go-ahead from Mission Control, attach the helmet onto the suit. Make sure there are no air leaks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 Leaving the Habitat: Once the EVA suits are complete and sealed, the Astronauts are to obtain clearance from Mission Control to enter the airlock. Once inside, they are to close the door behind them, and ask Mission Control to depressurize the airlock. Watch the airlock lights for clearance to leave. Mission Control will give the go-ahead to open the outer door. Leave through the door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 Entering the Habitat: Once finished the EVA, approach the hotlab-airlock and deposit all samples. Then move toward the airlock. Check with the Habitat Commander who will check with Mission Control (if possible) that it is indeed safe to open the airlock if it is now closed. Once informed it is safe, open the airlock and enter. Close the door behind you, and ask the Habitat Commander to ask Mission Control to start pressurizing the airlock. You must wait for confirmation from Habitat or Mission Control to open the inner door. Enter the Habitat where the EVA suit will be removed with all haste possible in a horizontal reflection of all procedures involved in putting it on to said astronaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.5 Surface Activities: EVAs have four purposes: exploration, repair, emergencies, and scientific research. While exploring on an EVA, astronauts should describe what they see so that it may be recorded in Mission Control by the INCO, and pick up any samples that are of interest. While out on scientific research, the EVA usually will have a mission protocol, so the astronauts should run through whatever this procedure is. It can vary from setting up equipment, to gathering data, to whatever they may be interested in researching for the Mission. Emergency EVAs usually have a specific purpose. Often this is to go out and survey damage to the habitat. Sometimes they must repair damage or retrieve broken parts of the Habitat. In the worst case, they may be out on the surface to rendezvous with an emergency supply probe. A repair EVA is often a standard EVA to check and do maintenance to the Habitat, which is often hit by small meteorites; potentially threatening dents need to be repaired. Emergency supply probes must be requested at least a day in advance, since the travel time is significant. Only call on such a request if something extremely critical is required and in a significant quantity. These probes are expensive to send up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.6 Astronaut Recovery: Once an astronaut has completed his/her EVA, biomeds should be taken (P2 53) and transmitted back to Mission Control. Ensure that the astronaut has not suffered from any adverse conditions (heat stroke, exhaustion, suffocation, etc.) Give the astronaut time to rest, as an EVA is very tiring. Also, have a glass of cold liquid ready to give them as soon as they get out of the suit. This may sound trivial, but if you're in an EVA suit, you'll understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 IVA=== &lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 IVA: Intravehicular Activity. An astronaut puts on a self-enclosed environment suit, but instead of leaving the Habitat, uses it inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 IVA suit preparation: The IVA suit is an EVA suit. Don the EVA suit as outlined in P2.1.2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Moving around the Habitat: When entering or leaving a module, ensure that opening the door will not pose a risk to the other Astronauts. Mission Control will inform you as to whether or not it is safe and what the other astronauts must do to ensure they are safe. Try to limit unnecessary movement to avoid overheating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.4 IVA activities: If you are performing an IVA, it is due to unforeseen circumstances. There may be loose, live wires. A module may have been depressurized. You may need to enter an area full of high radiation. Follow Mission Control's instructions carefully. Don't worry, your EVA suit should protect you from all hazards. If communication with Mission Control is broken, try to re-establish it as soon as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.5 Emergency IVAs/EVAs: During most emergency IVAs/EVAs, contact with Mission Control is sketchy at best. Keep this in mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 EXPERIMENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Experiment: Any activity of which the purpose is to retrieve data and send it back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Procedure: Experiments will have specifically detailed procedures that will produce results (success or failure, plus data.) These results should then be transmitted back to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.3 Transmission of Results: The current astronaut on CapCom should announce that the experiment results are being sent. The INCO astronaut will then type the results through AuxCom to ensure reliability of transfer. Mission Control will take down these results onto a safe file. A hard copy of the results is also preferable in case of system failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 HOTLAB ===&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 Hotlab: The Habitat's self-contained laboratory. It is used to perform experiments that would possibly pose a risk to the safety of the astronauts if they were performed in the open due to contaminants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Preparation: The astronaut performing the experiment will suit up in a biohazard suit (or, if none are available, an EVA suit). Follow the procedures outlined in P2.12[EVA suit preparation]. For all intents, a Hotlab experiment can be considered a non-emergency IVA (as outlined in P2.2[IVA]). Note: The Hazard Suit is not necessary if you are simply passing through the Hotlab, but is necessary if you touch (or plan to touch) anything within the room. (Note: Some experiments that require especial manual dexterity may preclude the wearing of a biohazard suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Experiment Procedure: Experiments may be performed using the procedure outlined in P2.3[Experiments], with added precautions taken to minimize the possibility of a hazardous material being spilled. Environmental conditions in the Hotlab should be constantly examined to reveal the effects, if any, of the materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Completion: The astronaut will return to the Habitat only once all possible hazardous materials have been sealed off. Experiment results should be transmitted to Mission Control as outlined in 2.33[Transmission of Results], If there is any chance that the astronaut was exposed to hazardous materials, he/she must be quarantined under P2.56 and monitored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Hotbox: The Hotbox is the Hotlab's small containment unit. Samples are to be placed (still inside their containment box) into the door on the right. This door must be shut before the inner door is opened. The Astronaut is to then place his or her hands into the arms of the Hotbox. He or she is to open the inner door and retrieve the sample. It is safe to open a sample inside the Hotbox. There are a number of cabinets inside the Hotbox. The Astronauts should be aware of where they can keep samples, and where the chemicals they'll need are located. Samples are only to leave the Hotbox inside a containment box or after they have been determined benign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Sample Tests: Samples may be tested in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.1 Acidity Test. Complete a simple pH test on the sample. Strongly Acidic or Basic substances should remain in the Hotbox. The Hotbox should be stocked with the appropriate supplies prior to launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.2 Microscopic Analysis: Samples can be removed from the Hotbox, if safe, and viewed under a microscope. No procedure is given for making slides, as all the astronauts are well-trained scientists and should know how to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.3 Radiation Test: If available, a Geiger counter may be used to check radioactivity. Radioactive substances should not leave the Hotbox without mission control clearance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.4 Luminescence Test: Shine bright lights onto the samples to see if they react to light in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6.5 Durability Test: Attempt to break the sample (if solid) with your hands or small objects. Only do this within the Hotbox as unknown gases may be released from the centre of the sample.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.5 BIOMEDICAL ASTRONAUT READOUT AND ASTRONAUT MAINTENANCE===&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Description: The astronauts must maintain perfect physical health throughout the mission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Cycling: All astronauts must cycle for at least half an hour per day. This will be scheduled by the Mission Commander. They may cycle at whichever pace they can maintain but are encouraged to push themselves. The Astronauts are to have their biomeds (P2.53) taken before and after the cycling as well as one other time during the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 Biomeds: If the astronauts must take their 'biomeds' this means they must check their blood pressure and pulse. Strap apparatus to arm. Turn the blood pressure apparatus on, push ready, then remain as still as possible until the check is complete. Let the apparatus pressurize, wait for the apparatus to get readings, get readings of screen on apparatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Nutrition: The Astronauts must be properly nourished. They are to eat three meals a day.  All food is predetermined before the mission. Available 'snacks' are also predetermined. No extra food is to be brought on the mission. Food will be prepared in advance of the appointed time of ingestion (duty Scheduled by Mission Commander) and cleaned up by other astronauts afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 Fatigue: Fatigue levels should be kept to a minimum. The astronauts do have an appointed time each day at which they are supposed to sleep. Recommended sleep time: 8 hours. Mission Control will not enforce this, but they will also not tolerate fatigue problems on the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Quarantine: If an astronaut is ill, or is hurt, he/she is to be quarantined. The Hotlab is ideal for this purpose, as it has a decontamination field. If the astronaut is required to move around or participate in group activities, he or she is to put on an EVA suit, so that he or she remains in an isolated environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.7 Brain Balancing: At given times in the mission, the itinerary will require all members of the Mission Team to cease all communications and non-essential activities to participate in restful activities such as siesta (under the true meaning of the term which involves eating, drinking and muted partying), napping, and meditation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3.0 General Emergency Reference Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 HABITAT ELECTRICAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1 Power Failure (complete): Follow P4.22(Beta Evac Only), and then consult Tech Specialist or P4.73(Total Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Power Failure (single module): Evacuate affected module immediately, then consult Tech Specialist or P4.72(Module Power Restoration). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Repetitive Power Loss: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). The Habitat Commander and Tech Specialist will gather in the Interlock, and follow P4.75(Repetitive Breaker Tripping) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.4 Arcing or Sparks: Initiate P4.23 (Beta Isolation). Contact Mission Control and proceed with P4.32 (Alpha Extreme Hazard Evac) unless cleared to follow P4.74 (Terminating Power). Once power is terminated, the situation will be assessed. P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) may be ordered depending on the affected module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 HABITAT ENVIRONMENTAL ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Minor Fire: Follow P4.1 (Habitat Fire Control), followed by P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) if deemed necessary by the Habitat Commander. 3.2.2 Major Fire: Follow P4.34 (Alpha Evac and Sealing) if reasonable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 Radiation: Follow P4.21 (General Beta Evac).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 HULL BREACHES ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.3.1 Identification of Hull Breaches: Hull breaches may be identified through either visual inspection of the hull or pressure drops in any parts of the Habitat monitored by EECOM. The fundamental principle of hull breaches is that it is better to be safe than sorry: any suspicion whatsoever of a hull breach should be initially treated as a definite atmospheric leak until it is proven otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.2 Immediate Reaction: Follow P4.21 (Beta Evac.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4.3 Hull Breach Sealing: Two astronauts, if possible, must go on an either an IVA or an EVA depending on extenuating circumstances (ie. if there is some sort of situation in the compromised unit that would endager an astronaut, go on an EVA, if not, go on an IVA) (P2.1) as soon as the situation permits. They must take all necessary repair equipment (tools, aluminum tape, spare patching materials, and fastening materials).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ===&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.1 Total Failure: Communications may have been disrupted by ion, lightning, sand storms on the planetary surface, or any other form of severe environmental system. If this is the case, attempt to re-establish contact at thirty seconds Communications should be possible once the storm has abated.  If lost after a meteor strike or shower, it is likely that the TCS dish has been damaged. Once you are certain the meteor shower is over, an EVA (P2.1) should be performed to examine the dishes and repair them if necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.2 Cap Com Failure: Attempt to maintain contact via AuxCom. Confirm that all of the headsets are functional. If all of the radio headsets functional, but not recieving/transmitting, the problem is an interference issue. Continue attempting to re-establish contact every 30 seconds. If the audio output via the speakers is not functional, first insure that it is powered. A green LED on the front of the power supply, and the red 'low batt' light on the radio itself should be lit. If powered,check to make sure that the speaker input wires (the two thick solid bare copper wires that merges into a thick white one) are secured both to the speaker, and to the speaker input wire (the green ones). Test this connection with a multi-meter if nessesary. if not powered, insert a 9-V battery into the emergency power supply for the radio, and re-do the above procedures again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.3 Visual Link Failure: If a single camera or TV goes down, it is most likely faulty.  Push the orange button on its console. Failing this, contact Mission Control for the resident Camera Specialist (usually Tech Director or Camera team member) and receive instructions for replacement. If all the cameras go down, check the TCS dish as in P3.5.1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.4 Auxcom Failure: If Auxcom goes down, but Capcom is still online, it could be a network packet error.  Interplanetary networks have a good chance of losing large numbers of network packets. Co-ordinate with Mission Control to re-establish the link through the INCO (or CapCom and talk if the INCO's software is not working).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5.5 Total Message Loss: If Capcom and Auxcom are down, use the Cameras and hand sianals to inform mission control of your situation. Write on paper and hold it up. The Flight will give a “thumbs up” if he can understand or “thumbs down” if he cannot. Mission Control is to respond in a similar manner, writing on paper. If prolonged loss of messages occurs, the Camera System can be rigged for audio transmission, but this should be avoided at all costs, as the connection is bad and causes feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.6 NAVIGATION ERRORS ===&lt;br /&gt;
See P 1.5.6 step 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==4.0 Emergency Action Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 HABITAT FIRE CONTROL===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1 Habitat Fire Control (General): Inform Mission Control by any method possible. If the fire is localized in one small area, initiate a Beta Evacuation and seal off that area (P4.2.1)  Use fire extinguishers on small fires (P4.1.1.1 A).   If the fire appears life-threatening (P4.1.1.1 A&amp;amp;B), the Mission Commander will declare an Alpha-class Emergency. This is to be relayed to Mission Control as soon as possible.  Immediately follow a total evacuation of the Habitat (P4.3). If the Mission Commander believes there is time she will perform P4.34 (Evac and Sealing) but all other astronauts are to perform P4.31 (General Alpha Evac)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Fire: Real Fire Emergencies, outside the parameters of the simulation exercise fall into two classes: small fires and large fires.  The decision to treat any fire as small or large must be made immediately.  Either the astronaut mission-commander, flight director, mission control commander, or teacher advisor (or designate) can impose a large fire designation on an emergency situation.  Once declared a large fire, an emergency can not be re-classified.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A) Small Fires can be extinguished using the fire extinguishers in the habitat.  &lt;br /&gt;
The decision to do this must be made immediately; if there is any uncertainty, the emergency is to be classed a large fire.  Any fire at an emergency exit or near the power control box will be treated as a large fire.  If more than one extinguisher fails to operate or if the extinguishers fail to extinguish the fire, the emergency will be re-classified as a large fire.&lt;br /&gt;
A small fire drill must be held during the outward leg of the mission to familiarize all astronauts with the proper use of the fire extinguishers.  &lt;br /&gt;
When fighting a fire: aim the fire extinguisher near the base of the fire, trigger the extinguisher, move the exhaust of the extinguisher back and forth across the base of the fire until it is out.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B) Once a Large Fire is declared, &lt;br /&gt;
1) a general evacuation will be initiated (P4.3) &lt;br /&gt;
2) the building’s fire alarm will be activated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 HABITAT BETA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 (GENERAL) Procedure: All Astronauts are to immediately move to a non-endangered module, preferably the Interlock, or a module as close to the Interlock as possible, sealing all doors and hatches behind them to minimize the number of endangered modules. Under no circumstances should Astronauts be split into groups except (a) to conduct IVAs/EVAs or (b) when rendered impossible when Astronauts are separated by depressurized or otherwise endangered modules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 (EVACUATION ONLY) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 (ISOLATION) Procedure: Terminate all activities immediately. All Astronauts must remain in their current modules and under no circumstances are they to move. Astronauts should sit on the floor and avoid any contact with the rest of the hull. The Habitat Commander will enter the Interlock only when cleared to do so by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.3 HABITAT ALPHA EVACUATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 GENERAL Procedure: This is a full evacuation of the Habitat modules. All astronauts are to exit immediately by way of the predetermined escape routes. The teacher advisor or designate shall be the last to evacuate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.1 Primary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: out the door to the hallway, turn to the right, up the stairs and out the door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Longhouse &amp;amp; Washroom: out the longhouse exit door, turn right, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   Interlock: out the airlock door, straight ahead, two right turns past the longhouse exit, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
   HotLab: &lt;br /&gt;
      Hotlab Fire: exit via interlock.&lt;br /&gt;
      Other Fires: push out the break-away wall, proceed through the opening, three left turns around the interlock to the stairs, up the stairs and out the exit door.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1.2 Secondary Evacuation Routes:&lt;br /&gt;
   Mission control: for fires in the hallway area, proceed through the door by the file cabinet and follow hotlab escape route or proceed through the door by the network tower and follow the interlock escape route.  &lt;br /&gt;
Habitat: &lt;br /&gt;
    Fires in the Habitat: alternate exits from the habitat may be selected based on the location of a fire.  Follow the appropriate evacuation route for a given exit.&lt;br /&gt;
    Fires outside the habitat near the exit door: from the habitat exit, proceed into mission control via the &lt;br /&gt;
           nearest door and follow the mission control evacuation route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 EXTREME HAZARD Procedure: Evacuate Habitat by the closest route, avoiding any damaged, malfunctioning, or contaminated modules, taking extreme care to not touch the hull at any time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 EVACUATION AND SEALING Procedure: As each module is evacuated, it is to be sealed off from the rest of the Habitat, taking care to not obstruct other astronauts' escape routes. The Mission Commander is then to terminate all power systems (P4.75), and proceed with evacuation P4.31.&lt;br /&gt;
===4.4 ASTRONAUT ILLNESS/INJURY ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 GENERAL Procedure: In the case of a non-life-threatening injury or illness, keep the affected astronaut(s) comfortable and attempt treatment as applicable. In the case of a life-threatening injury or illness, the mission will be aborted. Mission Control should be notified about all injuries or illnesses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 INJURY Procedure: Apply first aid and reduce the astronaut's responsibilities as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.1 Puncture Wounds: Clean the wound and bandage it once it has stopped bleeding.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.2 Skin Irritation: Locate and remove the cause of the irritation. Rinse the affected area with cool water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.3 Sprains, Strains and Bruises: Apply ice and elevate the injury if possible. Try to avoid using sprained limbs. &lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.4 Heat Exhaustion: Heat exhaustion is caused by exercise or work in a hot environment and may be recognized by the following symptoms: slightly elevated body temperature - cool, moist, pale or red skin; headaches; nausea; and dizziness, weakness, or exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately. Have the casualty rest in a cool place. Give him or her cooled water and apply cool, wet cloths to their skin. Loosen any tight clothing and remove perspiration-soaked clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.2.5 Heat Stroke: If heat exhaustion is not treated immediately, it may develop into heat stroke which is much more severe. Heat stroke can be recognized by high body temperatures, often as high as 41  C (106 F); red, hot, dry skin; irritable, bizarre, or combative behaviour; a oroaressive loss of consciousness; a rapid, weak pulse becoming irregular; and rapid shallow breathing. The treatment is the same as for heat exhaustion. Tell Mission Control immediately if you have not done so_ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 ILLNESS Procedure: Treat the symptoms.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.1 Contagious Illness: At the time a contagious illness is discovered, it is highly probable that all the astronauts have already been infected. Nonetheless, attempt to slow the spread of the disease by isolating the patient as much as possible. Use quarantine procedure P2 56 Use the Hotlab as the isolation chamber if the decontamination field is working.&lt;br /&gt;
   4.4.3.2 Life-threatening Illness: If an astronaut is exhibiting life-threatening illness, they must be evacuated. A Beta-class mission abort (P4.63) must be initialized. The habitat is to return to Earth at full speed, burning out the AYSE drive if necessary. Mission control should call EMS such that it arrives just prior to landing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.4 Serious Illness/Injury: The astronaut is to be placed in the emergency evacuation module. These devices are small and tubular. From inside the airlock, the astronaut enters the evacuation module which will arrive from below the Habitat. It will then fly and dock directly with the AYSE drive, where it will use a simplified form of the SLINCE drive to accelerate towards Earth A coil in Earth orbit will catch the probe, and it will land just outside Mission Control. EMS should be called so that it arrives in time for the probe landing. _The last time an emergency evacuation probe was used was the liquid-nitrogen falling on the foot incident. This occurred sometime before 1996. “Space Sim archives.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.5 HABITAT CONTAMINANT CONTROL ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.1 Contaminant General: A contaminant is anything degrading the quality of the environment of the Habitat. Usually it is in the form of dangerous chemicals, air-born or liquid. In all cases, avoid direct contact with the contaminant. The Module containing the contaminant should be sealed Evacuated and Sealed P4.21. Mission Control is to run analysis of the situation and locate the source of the problem. Astronauts should expect an IVA request from Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.2 Liquid Contaminant: The Astronauts should suit up for an IVA once cleared by Mission Control All other astronauts should exit to a module not adjacent to the contaminated modules).  They are to seal themselves in said other module. The astronauts in IVAs are then to open the contaminated module. If realistic, a sample of the contaminant should be taken for later study.  The Astronauts should then clean the spill and rectify the situation as directed by Mission Control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.5.3 Gaseous Contaminant: If there is a gaseous contaminant, the affected module(s) are to be vented by the Astronauts through the control panel. Once all traces of the contaminant are out of the air and Mission Control confirms, the astronauts are to then re-pressurize the module.  If the astronauts cannot reach the Control Panel, Mission Control may assume these tasks. Before entering a module just cleaned, five minutes should be taken to assure that the gaseous contaminant does not return. If it does, &lt;br /&gt;
an IVA may be needed to fix the source before venting can commence. If there is a liquid contaminant that is producing the gaseous contaminant, IVA suits will be needed clean the Liquid Contaminant P4.52 first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.6 HABITAT MISSION ABORT===&lt;br /&gt;
4 6.1 General: If a Mission Abort is declared, the Astronauts must verify this with a code word hidden in the Habitat. The Mission Commanders will know the code word ahead of time, and they may also be used to confirm the word. The type of Abort must also be specified. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.2 Alpha Mission Abort: If an Alpha Abort is declared, the astronauts can leave the Habitat and walk to Mission Control. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.6.3 Beta Mission Abort: If a Beta Abort is declared, the Astronauts must immediately Launch off the planet, dock with the AYSE Drive, and return to Earth in the most speedy fashion possible. Mission Control must continue to monitor their progress and prepare a shuttle launch to rendezvous with them when applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.7 BREAKER PANEL OPERATION=== &lt;br /&gt;
4.7.1 GENERAL: Consult with a Tech Specialist or Tech Director for guidance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.2 RESTORING POWER (single module): Check the habitat GFCI breaker for the affected module. Press the black trip button then the red reset button.  If the habitat GFCI breaker does not trip but the power does not come back on, attempt to determine and remove the cause of the overload. This may include excessive amount of operative electrical devices on one circuit. Contact MC for remote restoration of power at the main breakers.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.3 RESTORING POWER (entire habitat): If the GFCI breakers have not been tripped, follow P4 23 (Beta Isolation) and inform Mission Control of the situation. Mission Control will inform you as to the nature of the emergency and might order P4.32 (Alpha Extreme Hazard Evac). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.4 TERMINATING POWER: If the situation permits, shut down all electronics in the module(s) to be powered down. Then trip the GFCI breaker using the black button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.7.5 REPETATIVE BREAKER TRIPPING: The circuit is overloaded or potentially damaged. Terminate power to the circuit and remove (unplug) all electronics from the circuit. Follow P4.72 and wait If the breaker trips again, the module is to be sealed for the remainder of the mission. Mission Control may order P4.31 (General Alpha Evac) at the discretion of the Commanders and Tech Director.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.8 MUTINY &amp;amp; HIJACKING===&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.1 MUTINY/Hijacking: A person, or a group of people, take control of the Habitat. This may be Mutinying Astronauts or Hijackers. Mission Control is to immediately get in contact with the hijackers/mutineer. They must negotiate with these people. Supply their demands: you must get the Mission Commander and the Habitat back to Earth in one piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.2 Mutiny: Try to convince them to stand down. You may have to threaten the mutineers. If the Mission Commander is dead, or segregated, offer to lower oxygen levels in their module.  Attempt to gain complete remote control of the Habitat. Seal off the interlock. Offer to inject radiation into the Habitat. Once returned to Earth, the mutineers are to be taken into custody regardless of what occurs. If absolutely necessary, detonate the Habitat (P4.84) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.3 Hijacking: If another party boards the Habitat, and you cannot negotiate with them. Mission Control is to aid the Astronaut remotely to retake the Habitat by force, if viable. Seal off the Interlock. Gain complete remote control of the Hab. Attempt to vent or depressurize modules with hijackers, if it doesn't affect the astronauts. If in space, deactivate the 3DMI to remove artificial gravity. If the astronauts are dead, follow P4.84. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.8.4 Habitat Self-Destruction: If there is no way to return the Habitat and/or the Mission Commander and loyal astronauts are dead, activate the self-destruct circuit. Only the Mission Commander on Earth will know the activation code. He is to send it on a coded signal to the AYSE drive, which will seek out the Habitat if separated, autodock, and detonate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.9 INSTRUMENTATION ===&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.1: Instrumentation failure, replacement, and general problems &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.2 Instrumentation Failure: If an instrument is broken or not reading correctly, run diagnostics upon it. I fit is software or control panel, consult with Mission Control, the Mission Commander, or someone knowledgeable in the computer system about how to repair. Generally speaking, someone in MC should know how to replace any broken instrument, and they will all have their own replacement procedure. This will be covered during Astronaut and/or Flight Team Training each year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.9.3 Instrument Replacement: If an instrument cannot be repaired, it should be replaced. Find the spare in the Emergency Repair Kit, and attach it where needed in the same form that the original was attached. Consult Mission Control and your Astronaut or Flight Team Training for replacement of parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==5.0 Discrepancy Procedures==&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 ASTRONAUT REPORTS HAZARD===&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.1 In Contradiction to Instruments: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to instruments, believe the astronaut. Proceed to react according to reported hazard. After the reported hazard has been remedied, proceed with the instrument re-calibration procedure (pending).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1 2 In Contradiction to Video Feed: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to video feed believe the astronaut. Proceed to evacuate astronauts from the hazard location.  Attempt to verify hazard on video feed. If you can identify the hazard on video, proceed as normal. If you cannot identify the hazard on video follow P5.11 with the exceptions that follow. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the astronauts go on repair EVA, ensure that the EVAs locate the hazard for Mission Control visually on camera. If Mission Control can identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA with no follow up. If Mission Control cannot identify the hazard on camera, treat the situation as a standard repair EVA. but follow up with a camera check. In both cases, no instrument recatibration should be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 In Contradiction to Mission Control Staff: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to Mission Control Staff, verify that this is not another situation. If it is 5.13, believe the astronaut Proceed to react according to the reported hazard. After the hazard has been remedied, explain to the Mission Control Staff that they are not in the habitat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 In Contradiction to Another Astronaut: When an astronaut reports a hazard in contradiction to another astronaut report, evacuate astronauts from the hazard situation. Immediately attempt to determine if this is another situation. If it is not, proceed as if the hazard is real unless the reporting astronaut changes his statement and provides a reason that it was incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 INSTRUMENT REPORTS HAZARD ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 In Contradiction to Astronaut: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to an astronaut opinion, believe the instrument, and evacuate the astronauts from the hazard situation. The first EVA should be a hazard location/instrument repair EVA. The EVA should first attempt to determine if a hazard exists which corresponds to the instrument reading. If no such hazard exists, the EVA should attempt to perform the instrument replacement procedure (pending) on any instruments that may be malfunctioning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.2.2 In Contradiction to Another Instrument: When an instrument reports a hazard in contradiction to another instrument, evacuate the astronauts from the hazard location, and send an investigative EVA to determine if a hazard exists. If no hazard exists, call instrument failure procedure (pending)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.3 ORDERS ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT OR OCESS COMMAND ===&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.1 Flight Director's response: The Flight Director must comply with orders issued by the government or OCESS Command, once they have been confirmed between the Habitat Commander and Mission Control Commander by means of activation codewords. The Flight Director may issue orders that aid or do not hinder government's/Command's orders, but will be overridden at the discretion of the Habitat Commander when the orders conflict directly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.3.2 Habitat Commander's response: The Habitat Commander must confirm any orders issued by government/Command with the Mission Control Commander by means of an activation codeword written on the orders and known only to the Mission Control Commander. Should the Flight Director's orders directly conflict with the written orders, once confirmed, the Habitat Commander is entitled to override the Flight Director, only for the purpose of completing the orders. Authority reverts to the Flight Director once the orders are carried out or the orders are no longer in conflict.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Prometheus_2006</id>
		<title>Prometheus 2006</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Prometheus_2006"/>
				<updated>2006-02-05T23:59:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* Mission Prometheus */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Mission Prometheus ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mission Prometheus is the Space Simulation's mission to Titan, and is scheduled for take-off on February 28th, 2006, and will return March 4th, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mission Purpose'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary purpose of this mission will be to test if life exists, could exist, or has existed on Titan. This will be carried out by first testing for the presence of various organic compounds needed for life, and/or exclusively produced as a byproduct of life (see &amp;quot;proposed experiments&amp;quot;), and ultimately, to test for life on Titan. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Proposed Experiments'''&lt;br /&gt;
(for more details, see [[Mission prometheus Experiments]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So far, we have only recieved experiments relating directly to [[Titan]] from [[EEP Commander]] Brian Foo, and [[Mission Commander]] Crystal Xiao. Brian's experiment is centered around testing for various organic compounds, whereas Crystal's is geared towards testing for life itself.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another experiment that has been proposed (although the [[astronauts]] plan to bypass it with a granola bar cartel) is to have the astronauts become self-sufficient by growing their own [[duck weed]] from their grey water, and living off that for the last half of the mission. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Data on titan'''&lt;br /&gt;
(for more details, see [[Titan]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Titan is one of the moons orbiting [[Saturn]], it is fairly large for a moon, and is comparable in size to some of the inner terrestrial planets. it's atmosphere is composed mostly of N2 gas. What really interests the scientists, and our astronauts is Titan's mantle. It is widely accepted that Titan has a mantle not of molten rock, but of liquid water- one of the most vital elements needed for life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Astronauts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there has been no official confirmation, it has been unofficially been assumed that the astrounauts will be: Stephen Smith([[hab commander]]), Johnathan Scothorn, Stefan Deyoung, Nevin Hotson, Brian Foo, and Steve Mair. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The revival of Robbie'''&lt;br /&gt;
(for more detail, see [[robbie task force]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This year, we are hopeful that our resident unmanned exploration vehiecle, known as &amp;quot;[[Robbie the robot]]&amp;quot; will be up and running this year, in time for the Titan Mission.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Elementary_Education_Program</id>
		<title>Elementary Education Program</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.spacesim.org/index.php/Elementary_Education_Program"/>
				<updated>2006-02-05T23:58:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bfoo2: /* Types of EEPs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==General Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EEP (Elementary Educational Program) is a program whereby Spacesim teaches elementary level students from across the city about space and space sciences. This program, run by our EEP commanders, reaches out to inform people within the area of the existance of spacesim, as well as providing income and educating young people about space and space sciences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During EEPs, students from various elementary schools visit our facility where they spend either half, or a whole day learning about space in various interactive ways, not limited to stations, contrary to popular belief.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Types of EEPs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
there are three major programs offered by sim. These are, in order of sophistication and age group:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Galactic Tours/Pit Demo (K-4)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This program consists of a &amp;quot;tour of the Solar System&amp;quot;. in this program, the participants are given a &amp;quot;galactic passport&amp;quot;, and will visit various &amp;quot;stations&amp;quot;, each with an interactive station which will teach the participant about a planet. This is essentially an elaborate &amp;quot;Pit Demo&amp;quot;, with lots more detail and information added, but the terms &amp;quot;Pit Demo&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;galactic tours&amp;quot; can be, and often are used in conjunction, and mean essentially the same thing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit Demo Stations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mercury- Here, the participants learn about the orbits of the planets&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
venus- here, the participants learn about the greenhouse effect, using a bright floodlight, and a jug coated in paint, which mimics the atmosphere of Venus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earth- We skip this one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mars- Here, we teach the participants about meteor impacts. W have a large container of flour, representing the mantle of a planet, with a top layer of coca powder to simulate the crust of the planet. The participants are welcome to throw various objects into the bin, which will simulate an asteroid strike accdurately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jupiter- Here, we explain gravity, and how larger planets have much greater gravity than smaller ones. Here, we have the participants jump on a trampoline, representing the G on Earth. We then restrain the participant, to represent the G on a larger planet. Then we use the infameous [[Jupiter donkey]] to represent the gravity on Jupiter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Saturn- Here, we explain the principles of centrifugal force, using a salad spinner and tiny paper stars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uranus- No demo present. We are contemplating a demonstration of methane spectra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neptune- We demonstrate cold; in a cool, explosive sorta way. We do deomnstrations using [[liquid nitrogen]], and showing the various effects a substance that cold has.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pluto- We demonstrate the techniques used by astronomers to seperate solar bodies from stars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cosmic Sciences (4-6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This program is similar to a Galactic tours, but is more advanced, with many more stations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Statons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit Demo- (see above)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electrostatics- Here, we do various activities demonstrating the effects of electrostatics using our van der graff generator, and various objects. unfortunately, i am still awaiting an English version of the Spiel, so I cannot give any more than pure speculation beyond what I have already said.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newtonian physics- Here, we teach the participants about the basic laws of motion, which are innertia, friction, and momentum. We use our frictionless carts to demonstrate innertia, and our hovercraft to demonstrate friction, or lack of it, and how it applies to space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rocketry- Here, the participants learn about the means of propulsion, and of the principles of orbits. In this station, we have a 1:96 scale model of the Saturn V rocket as a demonstrator to how rocket stages work. We also have a piece of fire-resistant ceramic, similar to what the shuttle has, and demonstrate its effectiveness using a propane torch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sattelites (7-8)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the participants get to design their own rocket, using a list of pre-determined parts. It is up to them to define the sattelite's purpose, and provide market data that will prove the sattelite's worth. The sattelites are then judged, and the group with the most profitable design will be declared the winner. The intent of this is to teach the participants the basics of designing for profitablilty, and the concept of supply/demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mini-Missions (all ages)''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often confused with &amp;quot;[[training missions]]&amp;quot;, a mini-mission is a mission conducted solely by participants. Here, the participants undergo a mission similar to out 96 hour main mission. This program is probably the best of all of the programs due to its flexability. We can tailor-make experiments for the age group, or even have the participant make their own experiments. The mission may last from a half-day to as long as we can humanely go (4 days is regarded as the maximum, but we can, and will gladly go over). This activity may be done by one class, or more than one if we have multiple-days, and various dockings with space stations and crew transfers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Educational Branch==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EEPs, along with the [[Planatarium]] program, compose the educational branch of Spacesim. Spacesim typicaly charges $125 for a half-day or $175 for a full day. The half-day programs are cosmic sciences, and galactic tours. for mini-missions, we generally charge 175 for each full day, but the costs are flexable for long-haul missions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Leadership==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every year, one or two Spacesim members take charge of the EEP program: its organisation, dissemination of information, recruitment of presenters, verification of presentation facts, and making sure no checks bounce (that was a bit of humour). The [[EEP/Planetarium|EEP Commanders]] occupy places of great importance, and it's thanks to their efforts that Spacesim continues to function.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bfoo2</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>